yellowblue

The 1999 Chevrolet Express Owner’s Manual

1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems

This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the air bag system.
2-1 Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3-1 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.
4-1 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
5-1 Problems on the Road
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6-1 Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.
7-1 Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
8-1 Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-10.
9-1 Index
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.

i
 yellowblue

We support voluntary
technician certification.

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,

CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the
name CHEVY EXPRESS are registered trademarks of
General Motors Corporation.
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual. French Language Manual:
Please keep this manual in your vehicle, so it will be Aux propriétaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en français chez
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new votre concessionaire ou au:
owner can use it. DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1577 Meyerside Dr.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1B9

Litho in U.S.A. ECopyright General Motors Corporation 1998

C9914 B First Edition All Rights Reserved

ii
 yellowblue

How to Use this Manual Safety Warnings and Symbols

Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
to end when they first receive their new vehicle. If you We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you
do this, it will help you learn about the features and about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find the warning.
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index CAUTION:
A good place to look for what you need is the Index in These mean there is something that could hurt
back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of what’s in you or other people.
the manual, and the page number where you’ll find it.

In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.

iii
 yellowblue

You will also find a circle In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
with a slash through it in damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
this book. This safety not be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.
symbol means “Don’t,” But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid
“Don’t do this” or “Don’t the damage.
let this happen.” When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or
in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:

NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.

iv
 yellowblue

Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.

For example, These symbols These symbols These symbols These symbols Here are some
these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on other symbols
are used on an for you and your lamps: your controls: warning and you may see:
original battery: your passengers indicator lights:
whenever your
MASTER WINDSHIELD
vehicle is
CAUTION LIGHTING WIPER
driven:
POSSIBLE SWITCH ENGINE FUSE
INJURY COOLANT
TEMP
DOOR LOCK TURN WINDSHIELD
PROTECT
UNLOCK SIGNALS WASHER
EYES BY BATTERY
SHIELDING LIGHTER
CHARGING
PARKING SYSTEM
CAUSTIC LAMPS
WINDSHIELD HORN
BATTERY FASTEN
DEFROSTER BRAKE
ACID COULD SEAT
CAUSE BELTS HAZARD
BURNS WARNING
FLASHER
REAR COOLANT SPEAKER
AVOID WINDOW
SPARKS OR DEFOGGER
POWER DAYTIME
FLAMES
WINDOW RUNNING
ENGINE OIL
LAMPS PRESSURE FUEL
SPARK OR
FLAME
VENTILATING
COULD
AIR BAG FOG LAMPS FAN ANTI-LOCK
EXPLODE
BATTERY BRAKES

v
 yellowblue

Model Reference
This manual covers these models:
Passenger Van Cab and Chassis

Cargo Van

vi
 yellowblue

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems

Here you’ll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly. You can also
learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts.

1-2 Seats and Seat Controls 1-36 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children
1-10 Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone and Small Adults
1-15 Here Are Questions Many People Ask About 1-38 Center Passenger Position
Safety Belts -- and the Answers 1-40 Children
1-16 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1-45 Child Restraints
1-16 Driver Position 1-59 Larger Children
1-24 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1-62 Safety Belt Extender
1-25 Right Front Passenger Position 1-62 Checking Your Restraint Systems
1-25 Air Bag System 1-62 Replacing Restraint System Parts After
1-33 Rear Seat Passengers a Crash

1-
1-1
 yellowblue

Seats and Seat Controls The bucket seats can be adjusted forward or rearward
with the lever at the front of the seat.
This part tells you about the seats -- how to adjust them,
take them out and put them back in. It also tells you To adjust the seat, pull the lever up to release the seat
about reclining front seatbacks. bottom and slide the seat to where you want it. Then
release the lever and try to move the seat with your
Manual Front Seats body, to make sure the seat is locked into place.

CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you
don’t want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

1-2
 yellowblue

Power Seat (Option) You can raise and lower the front and rear of the seat. To
raise the front of the seat, move the right lever up. To
lower it, move the right lever down. To raise the rear of
the seat, move the left lever up. To lower it, move the
left lever down.
Reclining Seatbacks

If your vehicle has a power seat on the driver’s or

passenger’s side, you can adjust it with these switches at
the front center cushion of the seat.
To raise the seat, move the center knob up. To lower the
seat, move the center knob down. To move the seat
forward, move the center knob toward the right. To To adjust the seatback, lift the front of this lever, which
move the seat rearward, move the center knob toward is located at the inner edge of the seat cushion.
the left. Move the seatback with your body and release the lever
to lock the seatback where you want it. Lean forward
and pull up on the front of the lever and the seatback
will go to an upright position.
1-3
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their job when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it
won’t be against your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle For proper protection when the vehicle is in
is moving. motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.

1-4
 yellowblue

Rear Seats Removing the Rear Seat

Getting Into the Rear Seats

To make it easier for passengers to get into the rear
seats, use the fastener strips on the headliner and safety
belt latch. These will keep the safety belts out of the way
while people get into the rear seats.

1. Disconnect the quick release latch plates for the lap

shoulder belts on the bench seat to be removed. To
do this, press the tip of a key into the release hole
of the safety belt buckle while pulling up on the
safety belt.

1-5
 yellowblue

2. Lift the carpet/mat flap at the inboard side of the seat 3. Locate the red handle on the inboard side of the seat
base in the rear. base and rotate it up.
4. Once the red handle is rotated up, pull the handle to
remove the locking pin.

1-6
 yellowblue

5. Stow the locking pin on the rear of the seat base in 10. For the first rear seat, stow the safety belt latch by
the hole that is provided. attaching the fastener strip on the safety belt latch
6. Repeat this procedure for the pin on the other to the trim just inside the side door. There is also a
seat base. fastener strip provided for stowing the safety belt
latch for a four-passenger bench seat, if equipped.
7. Pull the seat rearward about 2 inches (5 cm) and then
lift the seat from the floor rails.
8. Remove the seat from the vehicle.
9. Install the trim covers to the floor rails. These are
supplied in a cardboard box at delivery.

1-7
 yellowblue

Replacing the Rear Seat

CAUTION:
A seat that isn’t locked into place properly can
move around in a collision or sudden stop. People
in the vehicle could be injured. Be sure to lock
the seat into place properly when installing it.

CAUTION:
For the remaining rear seats, stow the safety belt
latch plate on the clip at the window trim. A safety belt that is twisted or not properly
attached won’t provide the protection needed in a
crash. The person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After installing the seat, always
check to be sure that the safety belts are not
twisted and are properly attached.

1-8
 yellowblue

1. Remove the trim covers from the floor rails and store
for future use.
2. Position the seat into the open slots in both rails.
Push the seat forward in the rail, hooking both seat
bases onto the pins inside of the rails.
3. To install the locking pin at the rear of the seat base,
pull the carpet/mat flap back on the inboard side to
locate the hole in the rail for the pin.

5. Insert the red-handled locking pin into the seat

base, lifting the seat slightly to line up the pin with
the base.

4. Remove the pin from its stowed position on the seat

base while holding the carpet/mat flap back.

1-9
 yellowblue

Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone

This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
And it explains the air bag system.

CAUTION:
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
6. Rotate the red handle down until it is in the vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
retaining clip. injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
7. Replace the carpet/mat flap to its original position. not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
8. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base. safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
9. Connect the quick-release latch plates for the
lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch plates into
the buckles attached at the outboard positions of the
bench seat. Do not twist the belt.
10. Check that both locking pins are locked into place
before operating the vehicle.

1-10
 yellowblue

Your vehicle has a light that

CAUTION: comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light” in
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, the Index.)
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
safety belt properly. crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed.
After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!

1-11
 yellowblue

Why Safety Belts Work

When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.

Put someone on it.

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’s just a seat

on wheels.

1-12
 yellowblue

Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something.
doesn’t stop. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...

1-13
 yellowblue

or the instrument panel ... or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.

1-14
 yellowblue

Here Are Questions Many People Ask Q: If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault -- you and
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
A: You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt, control, such as bad drivers.
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km)
being conscious during and after an accident, so
of home. And the greatest number of serious
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than
you are belted.
40 mph (65 km/h).
Q: If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to Safety belts are for everyone.
wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the use of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.

1-15
 yellowblue

How to Wear Safety Belts Properly

Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules
for smaller children and babies. If a child will be
riding in your vehicle, see the part of this manual
called “Children.” Follow those rules for
everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system. 3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear
it properly. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If
the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt
1. Close and lock the door. Extender” at the end of this section.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index) Make sure the release button on the buckle is
so you can sit up straight. positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-16
 yellowblue

5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt. the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less
likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
1-17
 yellowblue

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster To move it down, push in at the top of the arrows and
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt move the height adjuster to the desired position. You can
adjuster to the height that is right for you. move the adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder
belt guide. After you move the adjuster to where you
want it, try to move it down without pushing in to make
sure it has locked into position.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is
centered on your shoulder. The belt should be away from
your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

1-18
 yellowblue

Q: What’s wrong with this?

CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly

as much protection this way.

1-19
 yellowblue

Q: What’s wrong with this?

CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not at the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internal
injuries. Always buckle your belt into the
buckle nearest you.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

1-20
 yellowblue

Q: What’s wrong with this?

CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if your belt goes
over an armrest like this. The belt would be much
too high. In a crash, you can slide under the belt.
The belt force would then be applied at the
abdomen, not at the pelvic bones, and that could
cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt
goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is over an armrest.

1-21
 yellowblue

Q: What’s wrong with this?

CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liver or spleen.

A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should

be worn over the shoulder at all times.

1-22
 yellowblue

Q: What’s wrong with this?

CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

1-23
 yellowblue

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle. A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
The belt should go back out of the way. the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the
belt and your vehicle. mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
1-24
 yellowblue

Right Front Passenger Position

To learn how to wear the right front passenger’s safety belt
properly, see “Driver Position” earlier in this section.
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt -- except for one thing. If
you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the
way, you will engage the child restraint locking feature.
If this happens, just let the belt go back all the way and
start again.
Air Bag System
This part explains the air bag system.

If it says AIR BAG on the middle part of the steering

wheel and AIR BAG on the instrument panel in front of
the right front passenger’s seat, your vehicle has two
“Next Generation” frontal air bags -- one air bag for the
driver and another air bag for the right front passenger.

1-25
 yellowblue

If it says AIR BAG on the middle part of the steering Here are the most important things to know about the air
wheel but it doesn’t say AIR BAG on the instrument bag system:
panel in front of the right front passenger’s seat, your
vehicle has a “Next Generation” frontal air bag for the
driver only. CAUTION:
If it says AIR BAG on the middle part of the steering
wheel, but there is no right front passenger seat, your You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if
vehicle has a “Next Generation” frontal air bag for the you aren’t wearing your safety belt -- even if you
driver only. have air bags. Wearing your safety belt during a
If it doesn’t say AIR BAG on the middle part of the crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things
steering wheel, your vehicle doesn’t have air bags. inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Air
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
Next Generation frontal air bags are designed to help
reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating belts. All air bags -- even Next Generation air
air bag. But even these air bags must inflate very bags -- are designed to work with safety belts,
quickly if they are to do their job and comply with but don’t replace them. Air bags are designed to
federal regulations. work only in moderate to severe crashes where
the front of your vehicle hits something. They
aren’t designed to inflate at all in rollover, rear,
side or low-speed frontal crashes. And, for
unrestrained occupants, Next Generation air
bags may provide less protection in frontal
crashes than more forceful air bags have
provided in the past. Everyone in your vehicle
should wear a safety belt properly -- whether or
not there’s an air bag for that person.

1-26
 yellowblue

CAUTION: (Continued)
CAUTION:
lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection for
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the adults, but not for young children and infants.
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system nor its air
air bag, as you would be if you were leaning bag system is designed for them. Young children
forward, it could seriously injure you. This is true and infants need the protection that a child
even with Next Generation frontal air bags. Safety restraint system can provide. Always secure
belts help keep you in position before and during a children properly in your vehicle. To read how, see
crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with the part of this manual called “Children” and see
Next Generation air bags. The driver should sit as the caution labels on the sunvisors and the right
far back as possible while still maintaining control front passenger’s safety belt.
of the vehicle.

If your vehicle has an air bag for the right front There is an air bag readiness
passenger, please read this: light on the instrument panel,
which shows AIR BAG.

CAUTION:
Children who are up against, or very close to, any
air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured or The system checks the air bag electrical system for
killed. This is true even though your vehicle has malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
Next Generation frontal air bags. Air bags plus problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
CAUTION: (Continued) for more information.

1-27
 yellowblue

How the Air Bag System Works

The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument

panel on the passenger’s side.
Where are the air bags?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the
steering wheel.

1-28
 yellowblue

about 11 to 16 mph (18 to 26 km/h). The threshold level

CAUTION: can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
If something is between an occupant and an air as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
bag, the bag might not inflate properly or it air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
might force the object into that person. The path impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Don’t help the occupant.
put anything between an occupant and an air In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag, and don’t attach or put anything on the bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
steering wheel hub or on or near any other air to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
bag covering. And don’t hang anything from the Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
assist handle on the passenger’s side of the how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or
instrument panel. near-frontal impacts.
What makes an air bag inflate?
When should an air bag inflate? In an impact of sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
system detects that the vehicle is in a crash. The sensing
An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe
system triggers a release of gas from the inflator, which
frontal or near-frontal crash. The air bag will inflate
inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and related
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
hardware are all part of the air bag modules inside the
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
right front passenger.

1-29
 yellowblue

How does an air bag restrain?

In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions, CAUTION:
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the
instrument panel. Air bags supplement the protection When an air bag inflates, there is dust in the air.
provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of This dust could cause breathing problems for
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
people with a history of asthma or other
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help you in many types of collisions, including breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily because vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so.
an occupant’s motion is not toward those air bags. Air If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
bags should never be regarded as anything more than a of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get
supplement to safety belts, and then only in moderate to fresh air by opening a window or door.
severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after an air bag inflates? D Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After they
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quickly inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air bag
that some people may not even realize the air bag system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
inflated. Some components of the air bag module -- the won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag, or the A new system will include air bag modules and
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s possibly other parts. The service manual for your
bag -- will be hot for a short time. The parts of the bag vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
that come into contact with you may be warm, but not D Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
too hot to touch. There will be some smoke and dust diagnostic module, which records information about
coming from vents in the deflated air bags. Air bag the air bag system. The module records information
inflation doesn’t prevent the driver from seeing or from about the readiness of the system, when the system
being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it stop people commands air bag inflation and driver’s safety belt
from leaving the vehicle. usage at deployment.
1-30
 yellowblue

D Let only qualified technicians work on your air If your vehicle ever gets into a lot of water -- such as
bag system. Improper service can mean that your water up to the carpeting or higher -- or if water enters
air bag system won’t work properly. See your dealer your vehicle and soaks the carpet, the air bag controller
for service. can be soaked and ruined. If this ever happens, and then
you start your vehicle, the damage could make the air
bags inflate, even if there’s no crash. You would have to
NOTICE: replace the air bags as well as the sensors and related
parts. If your vehicle is ever in a flood, or if it’s exposed
If you damage the covering for the driver’s or the to water that soaks the carpet, you can avoid needless
right front passenger’s air bag, the bag may not repair costs by turning off the vehicle immediately and
work properly. You may have to replace the air disconnecting the battery cables. Don’t let anyone start
bag module in the steering wheel or both the air the vehicle under any circumstances. See your dealer
for service.
bag module and the instrument panel for the
right front passenger’s air bag. Do not open or Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle
break the air bag coverings.
Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.
There are parts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
dealer and the GM Service Manual have information
about servicing your vehicle and the air bag system. To
purchase a service manual, see “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.

1-31
 yellowblue

Q: Is there anything I might add to the front of the

CAUTION: vehicle that could keep the air bags from
working properly?
For up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is A: Yes. If you add things that change your vehicle’s
turned off and the battery is disconnected, an air frame, bumper system, front end sheet metal or
bag can still inflate during improper service. You height, they may keep the air bag system from
can be injured if you are close to an air bag when working properly. Also, the air bag system may not
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape work properly if you relocate any of the air bag
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of sensors. If you have any questions about this, you
the air bag system. Be sure to follow proper should contact Customer Assistance before you
service procedures, and make sure the person modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers and
performing work for you is qualified to do so. addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two
of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance. manual. See “Customer Satisfaction Procedure” in
the Index.)
Adding Equipment to Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle
Q: If I add a push bumper or a bicycle rack to the
front of my vehicle, will it keep the air bags
from working properly?
A: As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack is
attached to your vehicle so that the vehicle’s basic
structure isn’t changed, it’s not likely to keep the
air bags from working properly in a crash.
1-32
 yellowblue

Rear Seat Passengers Lap-Shoulder Belt

It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up! The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions

1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.

1-33
 yellowblue

2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again.
If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.

3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle

end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.

1-34
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.

The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
1-35
 yellowblue

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for

Children and Small Adults
Your vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides.
This feature will provide added safety belt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraints and for small
adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort
guide pulls the belt away from the neck and head.
There is one guide for each outside passenger position in
the rear seats. To provide added safety belt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraints and for
smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on
the shoulder belts. Here’s how to install a comfort guide
and use the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the side of

the seatback.

1-36
 yellowblue

2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic 3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat.
cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide
over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into on top.
the slots of the guide.

1-37
 yellowblue

Center Passenger Position

4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as

described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions”
earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze the
belt edges together so that you can take them out from
the guides. Slide the guide onto the storage clip.

1-38
 yellowblue

Lap Belt
If your vehicle has rear bench seats, someone can sit in
the center positions.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
When you sit in a center seating position, you have a lap see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt. Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.

1-39
 yellowblue

Children Smaller Children and Babies (Except Cargo

Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes Vans with Passenger Air Bags)
infants and all children smaller than adult size. Neither
the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler
changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. CAUTION:
In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says children up to some age Children who are up against, or very close to, any
must be restrained while in a vehicle. air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. This is true even though your vehicle
has Next Generation frontal air bags. Air bags
plus lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection
for adults, but not for young children and
infants. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system
nor its air bag system is designed for them.
Young children and infants need the protection
that a child restraint system can provide. Always
secure children properly in your vehicle.

1-40
 yellowblue

Infants need complete support, including support for the

CAUTION: head and neck. This is necessary because an infant’s neck
is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the
rest of its body. In a frontal crash, an infant in a rear-facing
Smaller children and babies should always be restraint settles into the restraint, so the crash forces can be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The distributed across the strongest part of the infant’s body,
instructions for the restraint will say whether it is the back and shoulders. A baby should be secured in an
the right type and size for your child. A very appropriate infant restraint. This is so important that many
young child’s hip bones are so small that a hospitals today won’t release a newborn infant to its
regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it parents unless there is an infant restraint available for the
should. Instead, the belt will likely be over the baby’s first trip in a motor vehicle.
child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.

1-41
 yellowblue

CAUTION: (Continued)

at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby

will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.

CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much -- until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
CAUTION: (Continued)

1-42
 yellowblue

Smaller Children and Babies (Cargo Vans

with Passenger Air Bags) CAUTION:
A very young child’s hip bones are so small that a
CAUTION: regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, the belt will likely be over the
Children who are up against, or very close to, any child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply
air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
or killed. This is true even though your vehicle cause serious or fatal injuries. Smaller children
has Next Generation frontal air bags. Air bags and babies should always be restrained in a child
plus lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection restraint. However, infants, who should be
for adults, but not for young children and restrained in a rear-facing child restraint, cannot
infants. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system ride safely in this vehicle. The instructions for the
nor its air bag system is designed for them. restraint will say whether it is the right type and
Young children and infants need the protection size for your child. If a forward-facing child
that a child restraint system can provide. Always restraint is suitable for your child, be sure the
secure children properly in your vehicle. child is always properly restrained while riding in
this vehicle.

1-43
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much -- until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.

1-44
 yellowblue

Child Restraints
Every time infants and young children ride in
vehicles, they should have protection provided by
appropriate restraints.
Q: What are the different types of add-on
child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints are available in four basic
types. When selecting a child restraint, take into
consideration not only the child’s weight and size,
but also whether or not the restraint will be
compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will
be used.

An infant car bed (A) is a special bed made for use

in a motor vehicle. It’s an infant restraint system
designed to restrain or position a child on a
continuous flat surface. With an infant car bed,
make sure that the infant’s head rests toward the
center of the vehicle.

1-45
 yellowblue

A rear-facing infant restraint (B) positions an infant

to face the rear of the vehicle. Rear-facing infant
restraints are designed for infants of up to about
20 lbs. (9 kg) and about one year of age. This type of
restraint faces the rear so that the infant’s head, neck
and body can have the support they need in a frontal
crash. Some infant seats come in two parts -- the
base stays secured in the vehicle and the seat part
is removable.

1-46
 yellowblue

A forward-facing child restraint (C-E) positions a

child upright to face forward in the vehicle. These
forward-facing restraints are designed to help protect
children who are from 20 to 40 lbs. (9 to 18 kg) and
about 26 to 40 inches (66 to 102 cm) in height, or up
to around four years of age. One type, a convertible
restraint, is designed to be used either as a rear-facing
infant seat or a forward-facing child seat.

1-47
 yellowblue

A booster seat (F, G) is designed for children

who are about 40 to 60 lbs., or even up to 80 lbs.
(18 to 27 kg, or even up to 36 kg), and about four
to eight years of age. A booster seat is designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system.
Booster seats with shields use lap-only belts;
however, booster seats without shields use
lap-shoulder belts. Booster seats can also help a
child to see out the window.

1-48
 yellowblue

When choosing a child restraint, be sure the child Where to Put the Restraint (Except Cargo
restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle. If it is, it Vans and Cab and Chassis Models)
will have a label saying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a child restraint in a rear seat. If your vehicle has a front
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in passenger air bag, never put a rear-facing child restraint
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that. Both the owner’s CAUTION:
manual and the child restraint instructions are important,
so if either one of these is not available, obtain a
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
replacement copy from the manufacturer.
seriously injured or killed if the right front
passenger’s air bag inflates, even though your
vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags. This is
because the back of the rear-facing child restraint
would be very close to the inflating air bag. If your
vehicle has a right front passenger’s air bag, always
secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat.
You may secure a forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, but before you do, always move
the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It’s
better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.

1-49
 yellowblue

Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child

restraint properly. CAUTION:
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child seriously injured or killed if the passenger’s air
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
bag inflates, even though your vehicle has Next
Where to Put the Restraint (Cargo Vans Generation frontal air bags. This is because the
and Cab and Chassis Models) back of the rear-facing child restraint would be
very close to the inflating air bag. Do not use a
The child restraint must be secured properly in the rear-facing child restraint in this vehicle.
passenger seat. If your vehicle has a passenger air bag,
never put a rear-facing child restraint in this vehicle. If a forward-facing child restraint is suitable for
Here’s why: your child, always move the passenger seat as far
back as it will go.

Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move

around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.

1-50
 yellowblue

Top Strap If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be

anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed, your
dealer can obtain a kit with anchor hardware and
installation instructions specifically designed for this
vehicle. The dealer can then install the anchor for you.
This work will be done for you free of charge. Or you
may install the anchor yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.

Canadian law requires that forward-facing child

restraints have a top strap, and that the strap
be anchored.

1-51
 yellowblue

Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
Outside Seat Position portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part

about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. Put the restraint on the seat.

3. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is

positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-52
 yellowblue

4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
the retractor to set the lock. retractor while you push down on the child restraint. If
you’re using a forward-facing child restraint, you may
find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the
child restraint as you tighten the belt.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-53
 yellowblue

Securing a Child Restraint in a Center

Seat Position

1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch

You’ll be using the lap belt. Be sure to follow the plate and pulling it along the belt.
instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when and as the 2. Put the restraint on the seat.
instructions say. 3. Run the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
restraint has one. you how.

1-54
 yellowblue

4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is

positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
5. To tighten the belt, pull its free end while you push
down on the child restraint. If you’re using a
forward-facing child restraint, you may find it
helpful to use your knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt. It will be ready to work for an adult or larger
child passenger.

1-55
 yellowblue

Securing a Child Restraint in the Right If your vehicle has a front passenger air bag, never put a
Front Seat Position rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why:

CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the front passenger’s
air bag inflates, even though your vehicle has
Next Generation frontal air bags. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating air bag. If your
vehicle is a passenger van, always secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat.
If your vehicle is a cargo van with a right front
passenger air bag, do not use a rear-facing child
restraint in this vehicle. If a forward-facing child
restraint is suitable for your child, always move
the passenger seat as far back as it will go.

Although a rear seat is a safer place, you can secure a

forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat.

1-56
 yellowblue

You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part

about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. If your vehicle has a front passenger air bag, always
move the seat as far back as it will go before
securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.

1-57
 yellowblue

6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
the retractor to set the lock.
You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-58
 yellowblue

Larger Children Children who have outgrown child restraints should

wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
D Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
D Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.

1-59
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly spread the impact forces. In a
crash, the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.

Q: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,

but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is
very close to the child’s face or neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is sitting in a rear seat outside position, see
“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” in the Index.
If the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still
very close to the child’s face or neck, you might
want to place the child in a seat that has a lap belt,
if your vehicle has one.

1-60
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this way, in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause serious or
fatal injuries.

Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt

should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.

1-61
 yellowblue

Safety Belt Extender Replacing Restraint System Parts

If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you After a Crash
should use it. If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
extender will be long enough for you. The extender will
be just for you, and just for the seat in your vehicle that If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it, and use it damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
to the regular safety belt. may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
Checking Your Restraint Systems If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier in
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and this section.
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have it repaired.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)

1-62
 yellowblue

Section 2 Features and Controls

Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your vehicle, and information on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything is
working properly -- and what to do if you have a problem.

2-2 Keys 2-29 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked

2-5 Door Locks 2-30 Locking Rear Axle (If Equipped)
2-6 Keyless Entry System (If Equipped) 2-31 Windows
2-13 Rear Doors 2-33 Horn
2-14 Theft 2-33 Tilt Wheel (Option)
2-15 PasslockR 2-34 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
2-16 New Vehicle “Break-In” 2-39 Exterior Lamps
2-16 Ignition Positions 2-43 Interior Lamps
2-18 Starting Your Gasoline Engine 2-44 Mirrors
2-19 Engine Coolant Heater (If Equipped) 2-47 Storage Compartments
2-21 Automatic Transmission Operation 2-47 Cigarette Lighter/Ashtray
2-24 Parking Brake 2-48 Sun Visors
2-25 Shifting Into PARK (P) 2-49 Instrument Panel
2-27 Shifting Out of PARK (P) 2-50 Instrument Panel Cluster
2-28 Parking Over Things That Burn 2-52 Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
2-29 Engine Exhaust

2-
2-1
 yellowblue

Keys

CAUTION:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition
key is dangerous for many reasons. A child or
others could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don’t
leave the keys in a vehicle with children.

2-2
 yellowblue

Your vehicle has one

double-sided key for the NOTICE:
ignition and all door locks.
Your vehicle has a number of new features that
can help prevent theft. But you can have a lot of
trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your key inside. You may even have to damage
your vehicle to get in. So be sure you have an
extra key.

If you ever lose your key, your dealer will be able to

assist you with obtaining a new one.
The bar-coded tag has a code on it that tells your dealer
or a qualified locksmith how to make an extra key. Keep
this tag in a safe place. If you lose your key, you’ll be
able to have a new one made easily using this tag.

2-3
 yellowblue

Door Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
If your vehicle is equipped with remote keyless entry,
see “Keyless Entry System” later in the Index for
CAUTION: more information.
From the outside, use your key.
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers -- especially children -- can easily To lock the door from the
inside, slide the lever on
open the doors and fall out. When a door is your door down.
locked, the inside handle won’t open it.
To unlock the door, slide the
Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked
lever up.
door when you slow down or stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever you drive your vehicle.

2-4
 yellowblue

Power Door Locks (Option) With this feature, you

can lock these doors so
Press the bottom side of the they can’t be opened
power door lock switch to from the inside
lock the doors at once. by passengers.

Move the button down

to engage the security
feature. Move the
button up to return
the door locks to
Rear Cargo Door normal operation.

Move the button to

When a door is locked, the inside door handle will the left to engage the
not work. security feature.
Move the button to
Rear Door Security Lock the right to return
Security locks are located on the passenger side rear the door locks to
door, the side sliding door or the front portion of the normal operation.
60/40 side swing-out door.

60/40

2-5
 yellowblue

Move the button up to Keyless Entry System (If Equipped)

engage the security
feature. Move the If your vehicle has this option, you can lock and unlock
button down to return your doors from about 3 feet (1 m) up to 30 feet (9 m)
the door locks to away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied
normal operation. with your vehicle.

Side Sliding Door

Move the button up to engage the security feature.
Move the button down to return the door locks to
normal operation.

Your keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency

subject to Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
Rules and with Industry Canada.

2-6
 yellowblue

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. D Check the distance. You may be too far from your
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, or snowy weather.
and (2) this device must accept any interference D Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
received, including interference that may cause blocking the signal. Take a few steps to the left or
undesired operation. right, hold the transmitter higher, and try again.
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. D If you’re still having trouble, see your dealer or a
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: qualified technician for service.
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference received, including Operation
interference that may cause undesired operation of
the device. To unlock the driver’s door, press the UNLOCK button.
If you press this button again within five seconds, all the
Changes or modifications to this system by other than an doors will unlock. Press the REAR 2X button twice to
authorized service facility could void authorization to unlock the rear door only. When the UNLOCK or
use this equipment. REAR 2X button is pressed, the interior dome lamps are
At times you may notice a decrease in range. This is turned on for 40 seconds or until the ignition switch is
normal for any remote keyless entry system. If the activated. Press LOCK to lock all doors.
transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer
to your vehicle for the transmitter to work, try this:
D Check to determine if battery replacement or
transmitter resynchronization is necessary. See the
instructions that follow.

2-7
 yellowblue

Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle

Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to NOTICE:
prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.
If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be When replacing the battery, use care not to
purchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any touch any of the circuitry. Static from your body
remaining transmitters with you when you go to your transferred to these surfaces may damage
dealer. When the dealer matches the replacement the transmitter.
transmitter to your vehicle, any remaining transmitters
Use one PanasonicR type CR2032 battery:
must also be matched. Once your dealer has coded the
new transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlock your
vehicle. Each vehicle can have only two transmitters 1. Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of the
matched to it. transmitter housing near the key ring hole. Remove
the bottom by twisting the dime.
Battery Replacement
2. Remove and replace the battery, positive (+)
Under normal use, the battery in your remote keyless side down.
entry transmitter should last about two years.
You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won’t
work at the normal range in any location. If you have to
get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works,
it’s probably time to change the battery.

2-8
 yellowblue

To resynchronize your transmitter, stand close to your

vehicle and simultaneously press and hold the LOCK
and UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for at least
five seconds. The door locks should cycle to confirm
synchronization. If the locks do not cycle, see your
dealer for service.
Sliding Side Door (Option)

3. Align the covers and snap them together.

4. Check the operation of the transmitter.
Resynchronization
Resynchronization may be necessary due to the security
method used by this system. The transmitter does not
send the same signal twice to the receiver. The receiver
will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously.
This prevents anyone from recording and playing back To open the sliding side door from outside, pull the
the signal from the transmitter. handle toward the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide the
door toward the rear of the vehicle to open.

2-9
 yellowblue

To close the sliding side door from outside, use the To open the sliding door from inside, rotate the handle
outside door handle to slide the door toward the front of upward and toward the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide
the vehicle. the door toward the rear of the vehicle to open.
When the door slides closed completely, it will be flush
with the side of the body.

2-10
 yellowblue

60/40 Swing-Out Side Door

To close the sliding door from inside, grasp the inside

handle and slide the door toward the front of the vehicle
to a closed position. To open the “60” (front) portion of a 60/40 door from
Make sure the door is completely closed before driving the outside, pull up on the handle and pull the handle
your vehicle. toward you.

2-11
 yellowblue

To open the “60” (front) portion of a 60/40 door from To open the “40” (rear) portion of a 60/40 door from the
the inside, pull the handle toward you and push open outside, pull the handle on the side of the rear door and
the door. pull it toward you.
To close the side doors, close the “40” (rear) door first.
Then close the “60” (front) door. Check to make sure
both doors are completely closed.
The front side swing-out door has a check strap
assembly in the door frame to keep the door from
opening beyond 90 degrees.
To open the door beyond 90 degrees, close the door
partially, pull the check strap outward at the spring hole
and then open the door. When you close the door, the
check strap will automatically re-engage.
2-12
 yellowblue

Rear Doors

CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to drive with the rear doors
open because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can
come into your vehicle. You can’t see or smell
CO. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If you must drive with the rear doors open or if
electrical wiring or other cable connections must
pass through the seal between the body and the
rear doors:
D Make sure all other windows are shut. To open the rear doors from the outside, open the
D Turn the fan on your heating or cooling passenger side rear door first. Pull the handle toward
system to its highest speed with the setting on you to open the door.
VENT, HEAT, BLEND or DEF. Additionally,
on vehicles with heating/air conditioning
systems, NORM A/C or BI-LEVEL A/C can
be used. That will force outside air into your
vehicle. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index.
D If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all the way.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.

2-13
 yellowblue

Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways you
can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door,
you’ll hear a tone reminding you to remove your key
To open the driver side rear door, pull the latch release from the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.
lever at the inside edge of the door. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition and transmission. Also remember to lock
Both rear doors can be opened past 90 degrees by the doors.
opening the doors past the first detent (90 degrees open),
then opening fully. Parking at Night
To close the rear doors, close the driver side rear door Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
first. Then, close the passenger side rear door. Check to vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
make sure both doors are completely closed. Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.

2-14
 yellowblue

Parking Lots During normal operation, the SECURITY light will go

off approximately five seconds after the key is turned to
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching the RUN ignition position.
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if If the engine stalls and the SECURITY light flashes,
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle? wait until the light stops flashing before trying to restart
the engine. Remember to release the key from START
D Put your valuables in a storage area, like your as soon as the engine starts.
glove box.
If the engine is running and the SECURITY light comes
D Lock all the doors except the driver’s. on, you will be able to restart the engine if you turn the
D Then take the door key with you. engine off. However, your Passlock system is not

PasslockR
working properly and must be serviced by your dealer.
Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock at this time.
Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock You may also want to check the fuse (see “Fuses
theft-deterrent system. and Circuit Breakers” in the Index). See your dealer
for service.
Passlock is a passive theft-deterrent system. Passlock
enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with a In an emergency, call the GM Roadside Assistance
valid key. If a correct key is not used or the ignition lock Center. See “Roadside Assistance” in the Index.
cylinder is tampered with, fuel is disabled.

2-15
 yellowblue

New Vehicle “Break-In” Ignition Positions

NOTICE: CAUTION:
Your vehicle doesn’t need an elaborate Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition
“break-in.” But it will perform better in the long key is dangerous for many reasons. A child or
run if you follow these guidelines: others could be injured or even killed. They could
D Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) or operate power windows or other controls or even
less for the first 500 miles (805 km). make the vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys in
D Don’t drive at any one speed -- fast or the vehicle with children.
slow -- for the first 500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
D Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
D Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.
See “Towing a Trailer” in the Index for
more information.

2-16
 yellowblue

Your key lets you turn the ignition switch to five LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition, steering
different positions. wheel and transmission. It’s a theft-deterrent feature.
You will only be able to remove your key when the
ignition is turned to LOCK.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but
still turn the steering wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel like LOCK. Use OFF if you must have your
vehicle in motion while the engine is off (for example, if
your vehicle is being pushed).
RUN (D): This is the position for driving.
START (E): This starts your engine.

NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t
ACCESSORY (A): ACCESSORY lets you turn it, be sure you are using the correct key; if
use things like the radio, power windows and the so, is it all the way in? If it is, then turn the
windshield wipers when the engine is off. To get into steering wheel left and right while you turn the
ACCESSORY, push in the key and turn it toward you. key hard. But turn the key only with your hand.
Your steering wheel will remain locked, just as it was Using a tool to force it could break the key or the
before you inserted the key. ignition switch. If none of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.

2-17
 yellowblue

Starting Your Gasoline Engine

If you have a diesel engine, see “Starting Your Diesel
NOTICE:
Engine” in the Diesel Engine Supplement.
Holding your key in START for longer than
Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to
Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving, can damage your starter motor. Wait about
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
15 seconds between each try to help avoid
draining your battery or damaging your starter.
NOTICE:
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in
Don’t try to shift to PARK (P) if your vehicle START. If it doesn’t start in 10 seconds, push the
is moving. If you do, you could damage the accelerator pedal all the way down for five more
transmission. Shift to PARK (P) only when seconds, unless it starts sooner.
your vehicle is stopped. 3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), wait 15 seconds and start over.
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your When the engine starts, let go of the key and the
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let accelerator pedal.
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm.

2-18
 yellowblue

Engine Coolant Heater (If Equipped)

NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts or accessories, you could change the way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual that tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.

In very cold weather, 0_F (-18_C) or colder, the engine

coolant heater can help. You’ll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of
four hours prior to starting your vehicle.

2-19
 yellowblue

To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and
store the cord as it was before to keep it away
1. Turn off the engine. from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. be damaged.
The cord for the engine coolant heater is located on How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
the driver’s side of the engine compartment and is in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
attached to the hose for the power steering reservoir. kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
your dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your
vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advice for that
particular area.
CAUTION:
Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord into a properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord won’t reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.

2-20
 yellowblue

Automatic Transmission Operation

CAUTION:
It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
There are several different positions for your shift lever. You or others could be injured. To be sure your
Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
transmission, and it features an electronic shift position level ground, always set your parking brake and
indicator within the instrument cluster. This display move the shift lever to PARK (P).
must be powered anytime the shift lever is capable of See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index. If
being moved out of the PARK (P) position. This means you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
that if your key is in OFF, but not locked, there will be a
small current drain on your battery which could the Index.
discharge your battery over a period of time. If you have
a need to leave your key in the ignition in OFF for an Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P)
extended period for any reason, it is recommended that before starting the engine. Your vehicle has a
you disconnect the battery cable from the battery to brake-transmission shift interlock. With the ignition
prevent discharging your battery. in RUN, you must fully apply your regular brakes
PARK (P): This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best before you can shift from PARK (P).
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.

2-21
 yellowblue

If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on

the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into CAUTION:
PARK (P) as you continue pressing the brake pedal.
Then move the shift lever into the gear you want. See
“Shifting Out of PARK (P)” in the Index. Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engine is “racing” (running at high speed) is
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
NOTICE: rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or
objects. Don’t shift out of PARK (P) or
Shifting into REVERSE (R) while your vehicle NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
is moving forward could damage your
transmission. Shift to REVERSE (R) only
after your vehicle is stopped.
NOTICE:
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see Damage to your transmission caused by shifting
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index. out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the
engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine doesn’t
connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.

2-22
 yellowblue

DRIVE (D): This position is for normal driving. If you FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
need more power for passing, and you’re: (but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
D Going less than about 35 mph (55 km/h), push your use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud.
accelerator pedal about halfway down. If the selector lever is put in FIRST(1), the transmission
won’t shift into first gear until the vehicle is going
D Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more, push the slowly enough.
accelerator all the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
NOTICE:
THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal
driving, however, it offers more power and lower fuel If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
economy than DRIVE (D). You should use THIRD (3) drive. This might happen if you are stuck in very
when carrying a heavy load or driving on steep hills.
deep sand or mud or are up against a solid
You should use THIRD (3) (or, as you need to, a lower object. You could damage your transmission.
gear) when towing a trailer to minimize heat build-up Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
and extend the life of your transmission.
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power pedal. This could overheat and damage the
but lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on transmission. Use your brakes or shift into
hills. It can help control your speed as you go down PARK (P) to hold your vehicle in position on
steep mountain roads, but then you would also want a hill.
to use your brakes off and on. If you manually
select SECOND (2), the transmission will drive in
SECOND (2). You may use this feature for reducing
torque to the rear wheels when you are trying to start
your vehicle from a stop on slippery road surfaces.

2-23
 yellowblue

Parking Brake To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake
pedal down. Pull the handle, located just above the
To set the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal parking brake pedal, marked BRAKE RELEASE to
down with your right foot. Push down the parking brake release the parking brake.
pedal with your left foot.
If the ignition is on when the parking brake is released,
If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will the brake system warning light will go off.
come on.

NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear brakes to overheat. You may have to
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle. Always check to be sure
your parking brake is fully released before
you drive.

If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill,

see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keep the trailer from moving.

2-24
 yellowblue

Shifting Into PARK (P) 2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) like this:

CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. If
you have left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others could be injured.
To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even when
you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps that
follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index.

1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and D Pull the lever toward you.
set the parking brake.

2-25
 yellowblue

Leaving Your Vehicle With the

Engine Running

CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the
engine running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P)
with the parking brake firmly set. And, if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You or others could
be injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the
D Move the lever up as far as it will go. engine running unless you have to.

3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.

If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
you’ve moved the shift lever to PARK (P), hold the
regular brake pedal down. Then, see if you can move the
shift lever away from PARK (P) without first pulling it
toward you. If you can, it means that the shift lever
wasn’t fully locked into PARK (P).

2-26
 yellowblue

Torque Lock Shifting Out of PARK (P)

If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift interlock
transmission into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the system. You have to fully apply your regular brakes
vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is
the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the in RUN. See “Automatic Transmission” in the Index.
shift lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.”
To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
shift into PARK (P) properly before you leave the the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way up
driver’s seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into into PARK (P) as you maintain brake application. Then,
PARK (P)” in the Index. move the shift lever into the gear you want.

When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake. shift out of PARK (P), try this:

If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another 1. Turn the key to the OFF ignition position.
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the 2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
you can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear
you want.
5. Have the brake-transmission shift interlock system
fixed as soon as you can.

2-27
 yellowblue

Parking Over Things That Burn

CAUTION:
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.

2-28
 yellowblue

Engine Exhaust Running Your Engine While

You’re Parked
CAUTION: It’s better not to park with the engine running. But if
ever you have to, here are some things to know.
Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t see or CAUTION:
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if: Idling the engine with the climate control
D Your exhaust system sounds strange system off could allow dangerous exhaust into
or different. your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
D Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. “Engine Exhaust”).
D Your vehicle was damaged in a collision. Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
D Your vehicle was damaged when driving over carbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle even if
high points on the road or over road debris. the fan switch is at the highest setting. One place
D Repairs weren’t done correctly. this can happen is a garage. Exhaust -- with
D Your vehicle or exhaust system had been CO -- can come in easily. NEVER park in a
modified improperly. garage with the engine running.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into Another closed-in place can be a blizzard.
your vehicle: (See “Blizzard” in the Index.)
D Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
D Have your vehicle fixed immediately.

2-29
 yellowblue

Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t

CAUTION: move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the Index.
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the Locking Rear Axle (If Equipped)
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is If you have this feature, your locking rear axle can give
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the you additional traction on snow, mud, ice, sand or
gravel. It works like a standard axle most of the time,
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
but when one of the rear wheels has no traction and the
You or others could be injured. To be sure your other does, this feature will allow the wheel with
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly traction to move the vehicle.
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to PARK (P).

2-30
 yellowblue

Windows If you have the optional power windows, the controls

are on each of the side doors.
Manual Windows The driver’s door has a switch for the passenger
To operate your manual windows, turn the hand crank windows as well. Your power windows will work when
on each door to raise or lower your side door windows. the ignition has been turned to RUN.

Power Windows (Option) Push the rear of the switch with the power window
symbol on it to lower the window.
Push the front of the switch with the power window
symbol on it to raise the window.
The driver’s window switch also has an express-down
feature that allows the window to lower without holding
the switch. Press and hold the side of the window
switch marked AUTO for one second to activate the
express-down mode. The express-down mode can be
cancelled at any time by pressing the opposite side of
the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the
switch until the window is at the desired position.

2-31
 yellowblue

Swing-Out Windows

Rear Swing-Out Window

Side Swing-Out Window Your rear swing-out windows work the same way, but
the latch is at the bottom edge of the window.
To open your side door swing-out windows, pull up on
the latch at the edge of the window and swing the
window out and push down the latch into the locked
open position.
To close the window, pull the latch toward you and push
down on the latch to lock it.

2-32
 yellowblue

Horn
CAUTION: Press the horn symbol in the middle of the steering
wheel to sound the horn.
It can be dangerous to drive with the rear
swing-out windows or rear door(s) open because Tilt Wheel (Option)
carbon monoxide (CO) gas can come into your A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering
vehicle. You can’t see or smell CO. It can cause wheel before you drive. You can also raise it to the
unconsciousness and even death. highest level to give your legs more room when you
enter and exit the vehicle.
If you must drive with the rear swing-out
windows or rear door(s) open or if electrical
wiring or other cable connections must pass
through the seal between the body and the rear
swing-out windows or rear door(s):
D Make sure all windows are shut.
D Turn the fan on your heating or cooling
system to its highest speed with the setting on
VENT, HEAT, BLEND or DEF. Additionally,
on vehicles with heating/air conditioning
systems, NORM A/C or BI-LEVEL A/C can
be used. That will force outside air into your
vehicle. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index.
D If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all the way. To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index. lever. Move the steering wheel to a comfortable level,
then release the lever to lock the wheel in place.
2-33
 yellowblue

Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals

The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or
down. When the turn is finished, the lever will
return automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.

The lever on the left side of the steering column To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever
includes your: until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever will return by
D Turn Signal and Lane Changer itself when you release it.
D Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
D Windshield Wipers
D Windshield Washer
D Cruise Control (Option)

2-34
 yellowblue

As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows flash Windshield Wipers
at twice the normal rate, a signal bulb may be burned
out and other drivers may not see your turn signal. You control the windshield
wipers by turning the band
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
with the wiper symbol on it.
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check for burned-out bulbs and a blown
fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
To change the headlamps from low beam to high or high
to low, pull the multifunction lever all the way toward
you. Then release it.
When the high beams are For a single wiping cycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold
on, this light on the it there until the wipers start, then let go. The wipers will
instrument panel also will stop after one cycle. If you want more cycles, hold the
be on. band on MIST longer.
You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay
between wipes. This can be very useful in light rain or
snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. The
closer to LOW, the shorter the delay.

2-35
 yellowblue

For steady wiping at low speed, turn the band to the Windshield Washer
LOW position. For high-speed wiping, turn the band
further, to HIGH. To stop the wipers, move the band At the top of the lever, there’s a paddle with the word
to OFF. PUSH on it. To spray washer fluid on the windshield,
push the paddle.
Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades
before using them. If they are frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades do become CAUTION:
damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. The In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
windshield wiper motor is protected from overload by a the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
circuit breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor
your vision.
cools. Although the circuit is protected from electrical
overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause
wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy Washer fluid will spray as long as you push the paddle.
snow from the windshield before using your When you let go of the paddle, the wipers will continue
windshield wipers. to wipe for approximately two more wipe cycles and
then either stop or return to the preset speed.

2-36
 yellowblue

Cruise Control (Option) Setting Cruise Control

With cruise control, you can maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more without keeping your foot
on the accelerator. This can really help on long trips. CAUTION:
Cruise control does not work at speeds below about
25 mph (40km/h). If you leave your cruise control switch on when
When you apply your brakes or move the cruise switch you’re not using cruise, you might hit a button
to OFF, the cruise control shuts off. and go into cruise when you don’t want to. You
could be startled and even lose control. Keep the
cruise control switch off until you want to use it.
CAUTION:
1. Move the cruise control switch to ON.
D Cruise control can be dangerous where you
2. Get up to the speed you want.
can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,
don’t use your cruise control on winding 3. Press in the SET button
roads or in heavy traffic. at the end of the lever
D Cruise control can be dangerous on and release it.
slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes 4. Take your foot off the
in tire traction can cause needless wheel accelerator pedal.
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.

2-37
 yellowblue

Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed There are two ways to go to a higher speed:
and then you apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off D Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
the cruise control. But you don’t need to reset it. Push the button at the end of the lever, then release
Once you’re going about 25 mph (40 km/h) or more, the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll now
you can move the cruise control switch from ON to R/A cruise at the higher speed.
(Resume/Accelerate) for about half a second. D Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold it
You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed and there until you get up to the speed you want, and
stay there. then release the switch. To increase your speed in
If you hold the switch at R/A longer than half a second, very small amounts, move the switch to R/A for less
the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the than half a second. Each time you do this, your
switch or apply the brake. So unless you want to go vehicle will go about 1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.
faster, don’t hold the switch at R/A. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
D Push in the button at the end of the lever until you
reach the lower speed you want, then release it.
D To slow down in very small amounts, push the
button for less than half a second. Each time you do
this, you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.

2-38
 yellowblue

Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Erasing Speed Memory
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition,
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow your cruise control set speed memory is erased.
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Exterior Lamps
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well your cruise control will work on hills depends
upon your speed, load and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. If the
steepness of the hill causes the vehicle speed to drop
more than 15 mph (24 km/h) below the set speed, your
cruise control will automatically disengage. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brake
takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers find this to
be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on
steep hills.
Ending Cruise Control
There are two ways to turn off the cruise control: Your parking lamp/headlamp switch is on the driver’s
side of your instrument panel.
D Step lightly on the brake pedal; or
Your instrument panel dimmer thumbwheel has two
D Move the cruise switch to OFF. detent positions.

2-39
 yellowblue

When the thumbwheel is moved to full brilliance, and Turn the knob clockwise again to the master lighting
then into the first detent position, the radio display and symbol to turn on all the lamps listed above as well as
PRNDL display will go to the day mode (full intensity). the headlamps.
This is known as “parade” mode. The rest of the Turn the knob counterclockwise to OFF to turn off your
I/P illumination will stay in the maximum dimming state lamps and lights.
(full brilliance dimming). Moving the thumbwheel up
one more detent will activate the interior dome light Move the thumbwheel next to the switch knob up to
circuit (with slightly higher effort). adjust instrument panel lights. Move the thumbwheel up
to the first notch to return the radio display and gearshift
The vehicle is also equipped with a DOME OVERRIDE indicator display to full intensity when the headlamps or
button. For more information on this feature see “Dome parking lamps are on.
Lamps” in the Index.
Move the thumbwheel up to the second notch to turn on
The delayed entry feature will allow you to enter or the interior dome lamps.
exit your vehicle with the lights staying on for about
20 seconds, after the door is closed or ignition is cycled. You can switch your headlamps from high to low beam
by pulling on the turn signal/high beam lever.
Turn the knob clockwise to the parking lamp symbol to
turn on: A circuit breaker protects your headlamps. If you have
an electrical overload, your headlamps will flicker on
D Parking Lamps and off. Have your headlamp wiring checked right away
D Sidemarker Lamps if this happens.
D Taillamps
D License Plate Lamps
D Instrument Panel Lights
D Ashtray Lamp

2-40
 yellowblue

Headlamps On Reminder When the DRL are on, only your headlamps will be on.
A tone will sound when your headlamps are turned on The taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on.
and your ignition is in OFF, LOCK or ACCESSORY. Your instrument panel won’t be lit up either.
If you need to use your headlamps when the ignition When it begins to get dark, your DRL indicator light is
switch is in OFF, LOCK or ACCESSORY, the tone can a reminder to turn your headlamp switch on. The other
be turned off by moving the thumbwheel next to the lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
parking lamp/headlamp switch all the way down. come on.
Daytime Running Lamps When you turn off the headlamp switch, the regular
lamps will go off, and your headlamps will change to
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for the reduced brightness of DRL.
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving To idle your vehicle with the engine on and the DRL off,
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the set the parking brake. The DRL will stay off until you
short periods after dawn and before sunset. release the parking brake.
The DRL system will make your headlamps come on at As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
a reduced brightness when: headlamp system when you need it.
D The ignition is on,
D The headlamp switch is off, and
D The parking brake is released.

2-41
 yellowblue

Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Your vehicle’s center high-mounted stoplamp is located

above the rear doors at the center of the vehicle.
If items are loaded on the roof of the vehicle, as in a
luggage carrier, care should be taken not to block or
damage the center high-mounted stoplamp unit.
If you tow a trailer that is equipped with provisions for a
center high-mounted stoplamp, see your GM dealer for
instructions on how to make it operate with your
vehicle’s electrical system. As with any electrical system
modification, have the work performed by a qualified
electrical service person.

2-42
 yellowblue

Interior Lamps You can use the DOME OVERRIDE button, located
below the headlamp knob, to set the dome lamps to
Dome Lamps automatically come on when the doors are open, or to
remain off.
The dome lamps will come on when you open the doors.
If the DOME OVERRIDE button is pushed in, the dome
You can also turn the dome lamps on by moving the lamps will not come on.
thumbwheel, located next to the headlamp knob, all the
way up to the second notch. In this position, the If the DOME OVERRIDE button is out, your interior
dome lamps will remain on whether the doors are open lamps will work as usual.
or closed. If the button is pressed in, the interior lamps will not
come on when any of the vehicle’s doors are open. This
feature is helpful when you want to leave your door(s)
open for an extended period of time and do not want to
run the battery down. The button is located next to the
lamp switch.
If you have the optional reading lamps, they will still
operate if the button is pressed in.

2-43
 yellowblue

Reading Lamps (Option) Mirrors

Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror
Pull the tab under the mirror toward you to reduce
glare from headlamps behind you after dark. Push the
tab away from you to restore the mirror to the
original position.
Outside Mirrors
Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the
side of your vehicle, and have a clear view of objects
behind you. Some mirrors can be folded in to enter
narrow doorways.
Electric Outside Rearview Mirrors (Option)
If you have electric mirrors, they can be adjusted to
If your vehicle has reading lamps, press the button next point where you want from inside the vehicle.
to the lamp to turn the lamp on.
Press the button again to turn the lamp off.

2-44
 yellowblue

Select the mirror you want Convex Outside Mirror

to move by rotating the
switch clockwise to adjust Your passenger’s side mirror may be convex. A convex
the passenger’s side mirror mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
and counterclockwise to driver’s seat.
adjust the driver’s side
mirror. The center position
is neutral. CAUTION:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
Then, adjust the mirror angle by pressing the outer
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
arrows on the switch until the mirror is adjusted where
you want it. changing lanes.

Your electric outside

rearview mirrors can be
defrosted by pressing the
switch next to the heater
controls. (See “Comfort
Controls” in the Index).

2-45
 yellowblue

Camper-Type Mirrors (If Equipped) 1. To adjust the mirrors

when towing a trailer,
If your vehicle is equipped rotate the mirror by
with the camper-type pushing the mirror
mirrors, they can be head toward the front
adjusted so you can have of the vehicle.
a clear view of objects
behind you.

2. Rotate the mirror

head, so that the
mirror surface faces
the rear of the vehicle.

2-46
 yellowblue

Storage Compartments Cigarette Lighter/Ashtray

The front ashtray is located in the instrument panel
extension, at the center of the instrument panel. Lift up
on the ashtray door to open it.

NOTICE:
If you store paper and other things that burn in
your ashtrays, they could be set on fire by
cigarettes or other smoking materials. That could
cause a fire and possibly damage your vehicle. Do
not store papers and other things that burn in
your ashtrays.

Your front storage compartment is at the center of the To use the cigarette lighter, push it in all the way, and let
instrument panel extension, by the floor. To open the go. When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
compartment, press down on inside portion of the
handle and the compartment will open automatically.
Storage compartments may also be included on the
inside of each front door.

2-47
 yellowblue

Accessory Power Outlets

NOTICE: You can plug auxiliary electrical equipment into
accessory power outlets. Just pull on the outlet cover
Holding a cigarette lighter in with your hand and follow the proper installation instructions that are
while it is heating can make it overload, included with any electrical equipment that you install.
damaging the lighter and the heating element.
Just push the lighter all the way in and let go. One accessory power outlet is located on the passenger’s
side of the front storage compartment.
When it’s done, it will pop back by itself.
These circuits are protected by a fuse and have
maximum current levels.
To remove the front ashtray, pull up on the tab with a
key or screwdriver inserted in the tab, and lift the
ashtray out. NOTICE:
Sun Visors When using the accessory power outlets, maximum
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You electrical load must not exceed 25 amps. Always
can also swing them from side to side. turn off any electrical equipment when not in use.
Visor Vanity Mirror (Option) Leaving electrical equipment on for extended
periods will drain your battery.
Some visors have mirrors built in, with or without
lamps. Just lift the mirror cover on each visor to turn the
lamps on, if you have them.

2-48
 yellowblue

Instrument Panel

A. Lamp Controls E. Audio System I. Cigarette Lighter

B. Air Vents F. Auxiliary Power Outlet J. Convenience Tray
C. Instrument Cluster G. Cupholder K. Horn
D. Comfort Controls System H. Ashtray L. Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever

2-49
 yellowblue

Instrument Cluster

(United States version shown, Canada similar.)

Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how fast
you’re going, how much fuel you’re using, and many other things you’ll need to know to drive safely
and economically.

2-50
 yellowblue

Speedometer You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a

new odometer installed. Laws vary as to the procedure
that must be followed, so check with your state or
provincial vehicle registration office. But generally, if
the new odometer can be set to the mileage total of the
old odometer, then it must be. But if it can’t, then it’s set
at zero, and a label must be put on the driver’s door to
show the old mileage reading when the new odometer
was installed.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can tell
you how far your vehicle
has been driven since you
last set the trip odometer
to zero.
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used in the United States) or kilometers
(used in Canada).

To reset the trip odometer, fully press the reset button

located near the trip odometer readout.
The trip odometer can show either total miles or trip
miles by using the push control in the cluster.
2-51
 yellowblue

Electronic Road-Speed Governor Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
(Gasoline Engines) (Option) with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
This optional system automatically controls vehicle top warning lights work together to let you know when
speed. The system controller receives a signal from the there’s a problem with your vehicle.
vehicle speed sensor and reduces power when the When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
vehicle speed reaches the maximum 65 mph (105 km/h) when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
governed speed. there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Warning Lights, Gages Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
and Indicators dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you Safety Belt Reminder Light
locate them.
When the key is turned to RUN or START, a tone will
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt is
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to already buckled.
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others from injury. The safety belt light will
also come on and stay on
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
for about 20 seconds,
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
then it will flash for about
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
55 seconds. If the driver’s
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
belt is already buckled,
engine just to let you know they’re working. If you are
neither the tone nor the
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
light will come on.
when this happens.

2-52
 yellowblue

Air Bag Readiness Light Charging System Light

There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument This light should come on
panel, which shows AIR BAG. The system checks the briefly when you turn on the
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light ignition, before starting the
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system engine, as a check to show
check includes the air bag sensor, the air bag modules, you it is working.
the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more information on the air bag system, see “Air
Bag” in the Index.
After the engine starts, the light should go out. If it stays
This light will come on
on or comes on while you are driving, you may have a
when you start your engine,
problem with your charging system. It could indicate a
and it will flash for a few
problem with the generator drive belt, or some other
seconds. Then the light
charging system problem. Have it checked right away.
should go out. This means
Driving while this light is on could drain your battery.
the system is ready.
If you must drive a short distance with this light on, it
helps to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the and air conditioner.
engine or comes on when you are driving, your air bag
system may not work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
The air bag readiness light should flash for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.

2-53
 yellowblue

Voltmeter You can only drive for a short time with the reading in
either warning zone. If you must drive, turn off all
When your engine is not unnecessary accessories.
running, but the ignition is
Readings in either warning zone indicate a possible
on (in the RUN position),
problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle
this gage shows your
serviced as soon as possible.
battery’s state of charge in
DC volts. Brake System Warning Light
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light
will come on when you set your parking brake. The light
will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release fully.
If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released, it
means you have a brake problem.
When the engine is running, the gage shows the
condition of the charging system. Readings between the Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided into
low and high warning zones indicate the normal two parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can
operating range. still work and stop you. For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a
large number of electrical accessories are operating in
the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an
extended period. This condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to provide full power at
engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds
allow the charging system to create maximum power.

2-54
 yellowblue

If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away. road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle”
in the Index.)

CAUTION:
United States Canada Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
This light should come on briefly when you turn the with the brake system warning light on can lead
ignition key to RUN. If it doesn’t come on then, to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve
have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there’s pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
a problem. the vehicle towed for service.

2-55
 yellowblue

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light Engine Coolant Temperature Gage

This gage shows the engine
coolant temperature. If the
gage pointer moves into
the red area your engine is
too hot!

United States Canada

With the anti-lock brake system, this light will come on

when you start your engine and may stay on for several It means that your engine coolant has overheated. If you
seconds. That’s normal. have been operating your vehicle under normal
If the light stays on, or comes on when you’re driving, operating conditions, you should pull off the road, stop
your vehicle needs service. If the regular brake system your vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible.
warning light isn’t on, you still have brakes, but you The “Problems on the Road” section of this manual
don’t have anti-lock brakes. If the regular brake system shows what to do. See “Engine Overheating” in
warning light is also on, you don’t have anti-lock brakes the Index.
and there’s a problem with your regular brakes. See
“Brake System Warning Light” earlier in this section.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.

2-56
 yellowblue

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service This system is called OBD II (On-Board

Engine Soon Light) (4.3L, 5.0L & Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life
5.7L Engines and 7.4L California of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
Gasoline Engine) environment. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light
comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service
is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated by the
system before any problem is apparent. This may
prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.

United States Canada NOTICE:

If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which on, after a while, your emission controls may not
monitors operation of the fuel, ignition and emission
work as well, your fuel economy may not be as
control systems.
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.

2-57
 yellowblue

This light should come on, as a check to show you it is

NOTICE: working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’t come on, have it repaired.
Modifications made to the engine, transmission, This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
exhaust or fuel system of your vehicle or the of two ways:
replacement of the original tires with other than D Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
those of the same Tire Performance Criteria detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
(TPC) can affect your vehicle’s emission controls may damage the emission control system on your
and may cause the SERVICE ENGINE SOON vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
light to come on. Modifications to these systems and service may be required.
could lead to costly repairs not covered by your D Light On Steady -- An emission control system
warranty. This may also result in a failure to pass malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
a required Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the Light Is Flashing
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
D Reducing vehicle speed.
D Avoiding hard accelerations.
D Avoiding steep uphill grades.
D If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible.

2-58
 yellowblue

If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, see “If Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water?
the Light Is On Steady” following. If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to do so, will usually be corrected when the electrical system
stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle. dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart the Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
engine. If the light remains on steady, see “If the Light
Is On Steady” following. If the light is still flashing, If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your “Fuel” in the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause your
dealer or qualified service center for service. engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
If the Light Is On Steady put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
You may be able to correct the emission system acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
malfunction by considering the following: conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the light
Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle? to turn on.
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install If you experience one or more of these conditions,
the cap. See “Filling Your Tank” in the Index. The change the fuel brand you use. It will require at least one
diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
left off or improperly installed. A loose or missing fuel
cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
few driving trips with the cap properly installed should have your dealer or qualified service center check the
turn the light off. vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.

2-59
 yellowblue

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Oil Pressure Gage

Engine Soon Light) (7.4L Gasoline
The oil pressure gage shows
Engine -- Except California) the engine oil pressure in
If this light comes on or flashes while you are driving, psi (pounds per square inch)
two things may happen. when the engine is
running. Canadian vehicles
First, you won’t notice any difference in engine
indicate pressure in
performance, but your tail pipe emissions may increase.
kPa (kilopascals).
Second, your engine may not run properly or may stall
without warning. If either of these things happen, drive
or tow your vehicle to your dealer for service.
This light should come on when the ignition is on, but
the engine is not running, as a check to show you it is Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, outside
working. If it does not come on at all, have it repaired. temperature and oil viscosity, but readings above the
low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range.
NOTICE: A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a
dangerously low oil level or other problem causing low
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light oil pressure. Check your oil as soon as possible.
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.

2-60
 yellowblue

Security Light
CAUTION: This light will come on
briefly when you turn the
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If ignition key to START.
you do, your engine can become so hot that it
catches fire. You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
The light will stay on until the engine starts. If the light
flashes, the PasslockR System has entered a tamper
mode. If the vehicle fails to start, see “Passlock” in
NOTICE: the Index.
If the light comes on continuously while driving and
Damage to your engine from neglected oil stays on, there may be a problem with the Passlock
problems can be costly and is not covered by System. Your vehicle will not be protected by Passlock,
your warranty. and you should see your GM dealer.

2-61
 yellowblue

Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light Fuel Gage

You have this light on the The fuel gage, when
instrument panel. It will the ignition is on, tells
light whenever the DRL are you about how much
on. It is also a reminder to fuel you have left in
turn on your headlamps your tank.
when driving at night.

Check Gages Light

The CHECK GAGES light
will come on briefly when (United States version,
you are starting the engine. Canada similar.)
The gage will first indicate E (Empty) before you are
out of fuel, and you should get more fuel as soon
as possible.

If the light comes on and stays on while you are driving,

check your coolant temperature and engine oil pressure
gages to see if they are in the warning zones.

2-62
 yellowblue

Listed are four situations you may experience with your D The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
fuel gage: speed up.
D At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the D The gage doesn’t go back to E (Empty) when you
gage reads F (Full). turn off the ignition.
D It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gage.
fuel gage indicated. For example, the gage may have
indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the tank’s capacity to fill
the tank.

2-63
 yellowblue

✍ NOTES

2-64
 yellowblue

Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

In this section, you’ll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.

3-2 Comfort Controls 3-10 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
3-2 Heater Controls (If Equipped)
3-3 Heater/Air Conditioning Controls 3-13 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and
3-4 Rear Heater (Without Air Conditioning) Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-5 Rear Air Conditioning and Rear Heater 3-17 AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and
3-6 Air Conditioning Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
3-7 Heating 3-21 Remote Compact Disc Player (If Equipped)
3-7 Ventilation Tips 3-23 Theft-Deterrent Feature (If Equipped)
3-7 Audio Systems 3-25 Understanding Radio Reception
3-8 Setting the Clock for Systems with 3-25 Tips About Your Audio System
SET Button 3-26 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
3-8 Setting the Clock for Systems with HR and 3-28 Care of Your Compact Discs
MN Buttons 3-28 Care of Your Compact Disc Player
3-8 AM-FM Stereo 3-28 Power Antenna Mast Care

3-
3-1
 yellowblue

Comfort Controls Fan Knob

This section tells you how to make your air system work The knob on the left side of the heating system control
for you. Your comfort control system uses panel controls the fan speed. The knob has four speed
ozone-friendly R-134a refrigerant. positions. To increase airflow, turn the knob toward HI.
To decrease airflow, turn it toward LO. To turn the fan
With these systems, you can control the heating, cooling off, turn the mode knob on the far right to OFF.
and ventilation in your van. Your vehicle also has a
flow-through ventilation system described later in Temperature Knob
this section.
The middle knob on the control panel lets you select the
Heater Controls relative temperature of the air flowing into the passenger
area of your vehicle. This knob will allow you to adjust
the relative air temperature independently of the
function knob setting. Turn the knob toward the red area
for warmer air. Turn the knob toward the blue area for
cooler air.
Mode Knob
The right knob changes the heater setting.
VENT: This setting directs air through the
instrument panel vents.
BI-LEVEL: Use this setting to divide airflow
If your vehicle does not have air conditioning, your between the heater floor vents and instrument panel vents.
heater controls will look like this.
HEAT: This setting directs air through the heater
floor vents. This setting is useful for cold weather.

3-2
 yellowblue

Fan Knob
HEAT/DEFROST: Use this setting to divide The knob on the left side of the heating system control
airflow between the heater floor vents and windshield. panel controls the fan speed. The knob has four speed
DEFROST: This setting directs air through the positions. To increase airflow, turn the knob toward HI.
windshield defroster vents. This setting is useful when To decrease airflow, turn it toward LO. To turn the fan
you have fog or ice on the windshield. off, turn the mode knob on the far right to OFF.

Heater/Air Conditioning Controls Temperature Knob

The middle knob on the control panel lets you select the
relative temperature of the air flowing into the passenger
area of your vehicle. This knob will allow you to adjust the
relative air temperature independently of the function knob
setting. Turn the knob toward the red area for warmer air.
Turn the knob toward the blue area for cooler air.
Mode Knob
The right knob on the control panel changes the
heater/air conditioning setting.
MAX A/C: Turn the right knob to MAX A/C for
maximum cooling. This setting puts the system in the
recirculation mode and helps to maximize your air
conditioner’s performance and your vehicle’s fuel
If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heater/air economy. This setting also cools the air the fastest. After
conditioning controls will look like this. the vehicle’s interior reaches a comfortable temperature,
Before using your vehicle’s air conditioning, open the turn the knob clockwise to place the air conditioning
windows to clear the vehicle of hot air. system in the A/C mode.

3-3
 yellowblue

A/C: Use for normal cooling on hot days. This setting Rear Heater (Without Air Conditioning)
cools outside air and directs it through the instrument
panel outlets. If you have a rear heater (without rear air conditioning),
the control switch is located on the instrument panel.
BI-LEVEL A/C: Use this setting to divide airflow
between the heater floor vents and instrument panel
vents. The air conditioning compressor may operate in
this setting to cool the air.
VENT: This setting directs air through the
instrument panel vents.
HEAT: This setting directs air through the heater
floor vents. This setting is useful for cold weather.

HEAT/DEFROST: Use this setting to divide

airflow between the heater floor vents and windshield.
DEFROST: This setting directs air through the
windshield defroster vents. This setting is useful when
you have fog or ice on the windshield.
To increase and decrease the flow of heated air to the
rear floor vents, turn the thumbwheel marked REAR
HEAT to the blower speed you want.
The knob has three speed positions. To increase the flow
of heated air, turn the thumbwheel toward HIGH. To
turn the fan off, turn the switch to OFF.

3-4
 yellowblue

Rear Air Conditioning and Rear Heater To adjust the air temperature, turn the temperature knob
on the right side of the control panel.
If your vehicle has a rear air conditioning and rear heater
system combination, controls are provided to regulate the For warmer air, turn the knob toward the red area, and
temperature, location and speed of the airflow. for cooler air, turn the knob toward the blue area.
To regulate the airflow location, adjust the center knob
on the control panel. Turn the knob counterclockwise
for floor vent airflow or clockwise for headliner vent air
flow. Generally, the upper vents are used for air
conditioning and the floor vents for heating. The control
knob can be set to any blend setting.
To adjust the airflow speed, turn the fan control knob on the
left side of the control panel to the desired blower setting.
To activate the rear control, turn the fan knob on the
front control to REAR CNTL.

Front Passenger Control

3-5
 yellowblue

Air Conditioning
Before using your vehicle’s air conditioning, open the
windows to clear the vehicle of hot air. This reduces the
time it takes for your vehicle to cool down. Then keep
your windows closed for the air conditioner to work at
its best.
You can use MAX A/C with the temperature knob in the
blue area when it’s really hot outside and you need to
cool the inside air quickly. MAX A/C lets in only a little
air from the outside.
If you first use MAX A/C, you can then use A/C with
the temperature knob in the blue area, as soon as the
vehicle has cooled down, so outside air will be going
Rear Passenger Control through your vehicle.
The rear control works just like the front control. It will If your vehicle has rear air conditioning, setting it on LO
allow second seat passengers to adjust the controls as may enhance front A/C performance by allowing
they desire. trapped refrigerant in rear lines to circulate.
When the air conditioning, DEFROST or BLEND is on,
you may notice a slight increase or decrease in engine
speed, due to compressor operation. This is normal
because the system is designed to cycle the compressor
on and off to keep the desired temperature.

3-6
 yellowblue

Heating D Keep the air path under the front seats clear of
objects. This helps air to circulate throughout
On cold days, use HEATER with the temperature knob your vehicle.
in the red area. Outside air will be brought in through
the floor outlets. The heater works best if you keep your Your vehicle has air vents in the center and on the sides
windows closed while using it. of your instrument panel.
If you use the optional engine coolant heater before You can move the vents from side to side or up and
starting your engine, your heating system will produce down to direct the flow of air, or close the vents
warmer air faster to heat the passenger compartment in altogether. When you close a vent, it will increase the
cold weather. See “Engine Coolant Heater” in the Index. flow of air coming out of any vents that are open.

Ventilation Tips Audio Systems

D Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow, or Your Delco Electronics audio system has been designed
any other obstruction (such as leaves). The heater to operate easily and give years of listening pleasure.
and defroster will work far better, reducing the You will get the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint
chance of fogging the inside of your windows. yourself with it first. Find out what your Delco
Electronics system can do and how to operate all its
D When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, turn the controls, to be sure you’re getting the most out of the
blower fan to HI for a few moments before driving advanced engineering that went into it.
off. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and
moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the
inside of your windows.

3-7
 yellowblue

Setting the Clock for Systems with AM-FM Stereo

SET Button
Press SET. Within five seconds, press and hold the
SEEK right arrow until the correct minute appears on
the display. Press and hold the SEEK left arrow until the
correct hour appears on the display.
Setting the Clock for Systems with HR and
MN Buttons
Press and hold HR until the correct hour appears on the
display. Press and hold MN until the correct minute
appears on the display. To display the clock with the
ignition off, press RECALL or HR/MN and the time
will be displayed for a few seconds. There is an initial Playing the Radio
two-second delay before the clock goes into the VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and off and
time-set mode. controls the volume. To increase volume and turn the
radio on, turn the knob clockwise. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing the recall knob. When the radio is playing,
press this knob to recall the station frequency.

3-8
 yellowblue

Finding a Station PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let

AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
and FM. The display shows your selection. 14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). Just:

TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations. 1. Turn the radio on.

SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher 2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower 3. Tune in the desired station.
station and stay there. 4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
SCAN: Press both SEEK buttons to listen to a few 5. Press and hold one of the four pushbuttons within
seconds of each radio station. SCAN will light up on the five seconds. Whenever you press that numbered
display. Press the right arrow to tune in the next higher button, the station you set will return.
station and press the left arrow to tune to the next lower
station. Press VOLUME or both SEEK buttons to 6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
stop scanning. In addition to the four stations already set, up to three
more stations may be preset on each band by pressing
two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
3. Press two adjoining buttons at the same time, within
five seconds. Whenever you press the same two
buttons, the station you set will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.

3-9
 yellowblue

Setting the Tone AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player

BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or (If Equipped)
decrease bass.
TREB: Slide this lever up or down to increase or
decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers. Playing the Radio
VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and off and
controls the volume. To increase volume and turn the
radio on, turn the knob clockwise. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this knob. When the radio is playing, press this
knob to recall the station frequency.

3-10
 yellowblue

Finding a Station In addition to the four stations already set, up to three

AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch between AM, more stations may be preset on each band by pressing
FM1 and FM2. two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:

TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations. 1. Tune in the desired station.

SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher 2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower 3. Press two adjoining buttons at the same time, within
station and stay there. five seconds. Whenever you press the same two
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let buttons, the station you set will return.
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to 4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.
21 stations (seven AM, seven FM1 and seven FM2). Just: P.SCAN: Press both SEEK buttons to scan through each
1. Turn the radio on. of your preset stations. The system will scan through
2. Press AM-FM to select the band. and play each preset station stored on your pushbuttons
for a few seconds. Press either SEEK button or
3. Tune in the desired station. RECALL to stop scanning through the preset stations.
4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
5. Press one of the four pushbuttons within five
seconds. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

3-11
 yellowblue

Setting the Tone REV: Press the SEEK left arrow to reverse the cassette
BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or tape. Press the SEEK right arrow to stop reversing
decrease bass. the tape.

TREB: Slide this lever up or down to increase or FWD: Press the SEEK right arrow to advance the
decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy, you may cassette tape. Press the SEEK left arrow to stop
want to decrease the treble. forwarding the tape.
RECALL: Press this knob to switch tape sides.
Adjusting the Speakers
EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape or stop the
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move tape and play the radio.
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers. CLN: If this message appears on the display, the
cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move tapes, but you should clean it as soon as possible to
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle prevent damage to the tapes and player. See “Care of
position balances the sound between the speakers. Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and hold EJECT for five seconds to
Playing a Cassette Tape reset the CLN indicator. The radio will display --- to
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are show the indicator was reset.
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
Once the tape is playing, use the knobs for VOLUME,
BAL, FADE, BASS and TREB just as you do for
the radio.

3-12
 yellowblue

AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player SCV: Your system has a feature called
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped) Speed-Compensated Volume (SCV). With SCV, your
audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road
and wind noise as you drive. Set the volume at the
desired level. Turn the control ring behind the upper
knob clockwise to adjust the SCV. Then, as you drive,
SCV automatically increases the volume, as necessary,
to overcome noise at any particular speed. The volume
level should always sound the same to you as you drive.
If you don’t want to use SCV, turn the control all the
way down. Each notch on the control ring allows for
more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FM1
Playing the Radio and FM2. The display will show your selection.
PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
off. To increase volume, turn the knob clockwise. Turn choose radio stations. Push the knob back into its stored
it counterclockwise to decrease volume. The knob is position when you’re not using it.
capable of being rotated continuously.
SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower station
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press and stay there. The sound will mute while seeking.
this button to recall the station frequency.

3-13
 yellowblue

SCAN: Press and hold SEEK for two seconds until P. SCAN: The preset scan button lets you scan through
SCAN appears on the display. SCAN allows you to your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Select
listen to stations for a few seconds. The receiver will either the AM, FM1 or FM2 mode and then press
continue to scan and momentarily stop at each station P. SCAN. It will scan through each station stored on
until you press the button again. The sound will mute your pushbuttons and stop for a few seconds before
while scanning. continuing to scan through all of the pushbuttons. Press
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let P. SCAN again or one of the pushbuttons to stop
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to scanning to listen to a specific preset station. P. SCAN
18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2). Just: will light up on the display while in this mode. If one of
the stations stored on a pushbutton is too weak for the
1. Turn the radio on. location you are in, the radio display will show the
2. Press AM-FM to select the band. channel number (P1-P6) for several seconds before
advancing to the next preset station.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press AUTO TONE to select the setting you prefer. Setting the Tone

5. Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons. The sound BASS: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
will mute. When it returns, release the button. stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase
Whenever you press that numbered button, the bass and counterclockwise to decrease bass. When the
station you set will return and the tone you selected BASS control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display will
will be automatically selected for that button. go blank.

6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

3-14
 yellowblue

TREB: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its FADE: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust the
treble and counterclockwise to decrease treble. When sound to the front speakers and counterclockwise for the
the TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display rear speakers. The middle position balances the sound
will go blank. If a station is weak or noisy, you may between the speakers.
want to decrease the treble. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them.
you’re not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
AUTO TONE: Press this button to select among the six
preset equalization settings and tailor the sound to the Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
music or voice being heard. Each time you press the 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
button, the selection will switch to one of the preset that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
settings of CLASSIC, NEWS, ROCK, POP, C/W To load a cassette tape with the ignition off, press
(Country/Western) or JAZZ. To return to the manual EJECT or RECALL. Then, insert the cassette tape.
mode, press and release this button until the AUTO TONE If the ignition is on but the radio is off, the tape will
display goes blank. This will return the tone adjustment to begin playing.
the BASS and TREB controls. If a BASS or TREB
control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display will go blank. Once the tape is playing, use the VOL, AUTO TONE,
Use PUSHBUTTONS to program AUTO TONE. BAL, FADE, BASS and TREB controls just as you do for
the radio. The tape symbol and a direction arrow will be
Adjusting the Speakers on the display whenever a tape is being played. Anytime a
tape is inserted, the top side is selected for play first.
BAL: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust The player automatically senses if the cassette tape is
sound to the right speakers and counterclockwise to metal or CrO2 and adjusts for best playback sound.
adjust sound to the left speakers. The middle position For metal tapes, the double-D symbol will appear on
balances the sound between the speakers. the display.

3-15
 yellowblue

PREV (1): Press the PREV button or the SEEK left FWD (6): Press this button to rapidly forward the tape
arrow to search for the previous selection. A minimum to the end of the cassette or until you press FWD again.
three-second blank gap is required for the player to stop The radio will play the last selected station while
at the beginning of the selection. The tape direction forwarding the tape. The tape direction arrow will blink
arrow will blink during the SEEK operation. during the forward operation.
PROG (2): Press this button to switch from one side of AM-FM: Press this button to switch from a tape
the tape to the other. to the radio.
NEXT (3): Press the NEXT button or the SEEK right TAPE AUX: Press this button to return to the tape
arrow to search for the next selection. A minimum player when playing the radio. The lighted arrow will
three-second blank gap is required for the player to stop appear and show the direction of play when a tape is in
at the beginning of the selection. The tape direction the active mode.
arrow will blink during the SEEK operation. The sound EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape. The radio
will mute while searching for the next selection. will now play. EJECT can be used with either the
REV (4): Press this button to rapidly reverse the tape to ignition or radio off. To load a cassette tape with the
the beginning of the cassette or until you press REV ignition or radio off, press EJECT before loading
again. The radio will play the last selected station while the cassette.
reversing the tape. The tape direction arrow will blink

D
CLN: If this message appears on the display, the
during the reverse operation. cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play
(5): Press this button to reduce cassette tape noise. tapes, but you should clean it as soon as possible to
The double-D symbol will appear on the display while prevent damage to the tapes and player. See “Care of
the player is in this mode. Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license the player, press and hold EJECT for five seconds to
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby reset the CLN indicator. The radio will display --- to
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby show the indicator was reset.
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.

3-16
 yellowblue

CD Adapter Kits AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player

It is possible to use a CD adapter kit with your cassette and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
tape player after activating the bypass feature on your
tape player.
To activate the bypass feature, use the following steps:
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
2. Turn the radio off.
3. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button for five
seconds. The tape symbol on the display will flash
for two seconds, indicating the feature is active.
4. Insert the adapter. It will power up the radio and
begin playing.
This override routine will remain active until EJECT Playing the Radio
is pressed. PWR-VOL: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. To increase volume, turn this knob clockwise. Turn
it counterclockwise to decrease volume. The knob is
capable of rotating continuously.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.

3-17
 yellowblue

SCV: Your system has a feature called SCAN: Press and hold SEEK for two seconds until
Speed-Compensated Volume (SCV). With SCV, your SCAN appears on the display. SCAN allows you to
audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road listen to stations for a few seconds. The receiver will
and wind noise as you drive. Set the volume at the continue to scan and momentarily stop at each station
desired level. Turn the control ring behind the upper until you press the button again. The sound will mute
knob clockwise to adjust the SCV. Then, as you drive, while scanning.
SCV automatically increases the volume, as necessary, PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
to overcome noise at any particular speed. The volume you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
level should always sound the same to you as you drive. 18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2). Just:
If you don’t want to use SCV, turn the control all the
way down. Each notch on the control ring allows for 1. Turn the radio on.
more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds. 2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
Finding a Station 3. Tune in the desired station.
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FM1 4. Press AUTO TONE to select the setting you prefer.
and FM2. The display will show your selection. 5. Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons. The sound
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to will mute. When it returns, release the button.
choose radio stations. Push the knob back into its stored Whenever you press that numbered button, the
position when you’re not using it. station you set will return and the tone you selected
SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher will be automatically selected for that button.
station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower station 6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
and stay there. The sound will mute while seeking.

3-18
 yellowblue

P.SCAN: The preset scan button lets you scan through AUTO TONE: Press this button to select among the six
your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Select preset equalization settings and tailor the sound to the
either the AM, FM1 or FM2 mode and then press P.SCAN. music or voice being heard. Each time you press the
It will scan through each station stored on your pushbuttons button, the selection will switch to one of the preset
and stop for a few seconds before continuing to scan settings of CLASSIC, NEWS, ROCK, POP, C/W
through all of the pushbuttons. Press P.SCAN again or one (Country/Western) or JAZZ. To return to the manual
of the pushbuttons to stop scanning to listen to a specific mode, press and release this button until the AUTO TONE
stored station. P.SCAN will light up on the display while in display goes blank. This will return the tone adjustment to
this mode. If one of the stations stored on a pushbutton is the BASS and TREB controls. If a BASS or TREB
too weak for the location you are in, the radio display will control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display will go blank.
show the channel number (P1-P6) for several seconds Use PUSHBUTTONS to program AUTO TONE.
before advancing to the next preset station.
Adjusting the Speakers
Setting the Tone BAL: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
BASS: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase bass sound to the right speakers and counterclockwise to
and counterclockwise to decrease bass. When the BASS adjust sound to the left speakers. The middle position
control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display will go blank. balances the sound between the speakers.
TREB: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its FADE: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise to increase stored position. Turn the control clockwise to adjust the
treble and counterclockwise to decrease treble. When sound to the front speakers and counterclockwise for the
the TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE display rear speakers. The middle position balances the sound
will go blank. If a station is weak or noisy, you may between the speakers.
want to decrease the treble. Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when you’re not using them.
you’re not using them.

3-19
 yellowblue

Playing a Compact Disc PREV (1): Press PREV or the SEEK left arrow to
PWR: Press this knob to turn the system on. search for the previous selection. If you hold this button
(Please note that you can also turn the system on when or press it more than once, the disc will advance further.
you insert a compact disc into the player with the Sound is muted in this mode.
ignition on.) RDM (2): Press this button to play the tracks on the disc
Insert a disc partway into the slot, label side up. The in random order. While in the RDM mode, RANDOM
player will pull it in. Wait a few seconds and the disc appears on the display. Press RDM again to return to
should play. CD and a CD symbol will also appear on normal play.
the display. Anytime you are playing a CD, the letters NEXT (3): Press NEXT or the SEEK right arrow to
CD will be next to the CD symbol. search for the next selection. If you hold this button or
If the disc comes back out and ERR appears on the press it more than once, the disc will advance further.
display, it could be that: The next track number will appear on the display. Sound
is muted in this mode.
D You are driving on a very rough road. (The disc REV (4): Press and hold REV to return rapidly to a
should play when the road gets smoother.)
favorite passage. You will hear the disc selection play at
D The disc is upside down. high speed while you press the REV button. This allows
D It is dirty, scratched or wet. you to listen and find out when the disc is at the desired
selection. Release REV to resume playing.
D It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and try
again.) FWD (6): Press and hold this button to advance rapidly
within a track. You will hear the disc selection play at
D The disc player is very hot. high speed while you press the FWD button. This allows
Press RECALL to make ERR go off the display. you to listen and find out when the disc is at the desired
selection. Release FWD to resume playing.

3-20
 yellowblue

RECALL: Press this button to see what track is playing. Remote Compact Disc Player (If Equipped)
Press it again within five seconds to see how long the
CD has been playing that track. Elapsed time is
displayed in minutes and tenths of a second. The track
number will also appear when a new track begins to
play. Press RECALL again to return to the time display.
AM-FM: While in the CD mode, press this button to
stop playing the CD and play the radio. The CD symbol
will still display but the word CD will be replaced with
either AM, FM1 or FM2. (If the radio is turned off, the
disc stays in the player and will resume playing at the If you have this option, you can play one compact disc
point where it stopped.) (CD) at a time.
CD AUX: To switch between the player and the radio To load a CD into the player, hold the disc with the label
when a disc is playing, press the AM-FM button. To side up and insert it carefully into the player
return to the player, press CD AUX. When a disc is (approximately halfway). The disc will automatically be
playing, the letters CD and the CD symbol will appear pulled into the player. If the radio is off and the ignition
on the display. (If the radio is turned off, the disc stays is on when a CD is inserted, the radio will turn on and
in the player and will resume playing at the point where begin playing the CD. It is possible to load and unload
it stopped.) CDs with the ignition off. To load a disc with the
ignition off, press the EJECT button on the remote
EJECT: Press this button to eject the disc from the player and then insert the disc. To remove the disc, press
player and play the radio. When the same or a new disc the EJECT button and remove the disc from the player.
is inserted, the disc will start playing on track one. If a
compact disc is left sitting in the opening for more than A disc that has been ejected but is still sitting in the
a few seconds, the player will pull the CD back in. The remote CD player will be pulled back into the player
radio will continue playing. When the ignition is off, after approximately 30 seconds. This protects the disc
press this button to load a CD. and player from damage. The disc will not start playing.

3-21
 yellowblue

To remove the disc, press the EJECT button and remove REV (4): Press and hold this button to quickly reverse
the disc from the player. within a track. As the CD reverses, elapsed time will be
All of the compact disc functions are controlled by the displayed to help you find the correct passage.
radio buttons except for EJECT. When a disc is in the FWD (6): Press and hold this button to quickly advance
player, a CD symbol will appear on the display. When a within a track. As the CD advances, elapsed time will be
disc is playing, the letters CD will appear next to the CD displayed to help you find the correct passage.
symbol in the bottom left corner. The track number will SEEK: Press the left arrow while playing a CD to go
also be displayed. back to the start of the current track. It will go back to
If the disc comes back out and ERR appears on the the current track if more than eight seconds have played.
display, it could be that: Press the left arrow again to go to previous tracks. Press
D The disc is upside down. the right arrow to go to the next higher track on the disc.

D It is dirty, scratched or wet. RANDOM: Press P.SCAN to enter the random play
mode. RANDOM will appear on the display. While in
D There’s too much moisture in the air. (Wait about an this mode, the tracks on the discs will be played in
hour and try again.) random order. If you press SEEK, PREV or NEXT
D You are driving on a very rough road. while in the random mode, the previous or next track
will be scanned randomly. Press P.SCAN again to turn
Please contact your dealership if any error recurs or off RANDOM and return to normal operation.
cannot be corrected.
RECALL: Press this button to see what track is
PREV (1): Press this button to go back to the start of currently playing. Press RECALL again within five
the current track if more than eight seconds have played. seconds to see how long the track has been playing.
Press PREV again to go to the previous track on When a new track starts to play, the track number will
the disc. also appear. Press RECALL a third time and the time of
NEXT (3): Press this button to advance to the next track day will be displayed.
on the disc.

3-22
 yellowblue

TAPE AUX: With a disc loaded in the player and the Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
radio playing, press this button once to play the compact The instructions which follow explain how to enter your
disc. To return to playing the radio, press AM-FM. If secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. It is
both a cassette tape and CD are loaded, press TAPE recommended that you read through all nine steps
AUX to switch between the tape and compact disc. before starting the procedure.
EJECT: Press this button on the remote player to eject a NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
compact disc. between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
Theft-Deterrent Feature (If Equipped) time and you must start the procedure over at Step 4.
THEFTLOCKR is designed to discourage theft of your 1. Write down any three or four-digit number from
radio. It works by using a secret code to disable all radio 000 to 1999 and keep it in a safe place separate from
functions whenever battery power is removed. the vehicle.
The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or 2. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN.
ignored. If ignored, the system plays normally and the 3. Turn the radio off.
radio is not protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK is
activated, your radio will not operate if stolen. 4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until --- shows on the display. Next you will use the
When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radio will display secret code number which you have written down.
LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery
power has been interrupted. If your battery loses power
for any reason, you must unlock the radio with the secret
code before it will operate.

3-23
 yellowblue

5. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a
6. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree Power Loss
with your code. Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than
7. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree 15 seconds between steps:
with your code. 1. Turn the ignition on. LOC will appear on the display.
8. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the 2. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
code matches the secret code you have written down. 3. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
The display will show REP to let you know that you with your code.
need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your
secret code. 4. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
9. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show
SEC to let you know that your radio is secure. The 5. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
LED indicator by the volume control will begin code matches the secret code you have written down.
flashing when the ignition is turned off. The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is
now operable and secure.
If you enter the wrong code eight times, INOP will
appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour
with the ignition on before you can try again. When you
try again, you will only have three chances to enter the
correct code before INOP appears.
If you lose or forget your code, contact your dealer.

3-24
 yellowblue

Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature To unlock a secured radio, see “Unlocking the
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss” earlier in
15 seconds between steps: this section.

1. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN. Understanding Radio Reception

2. Turn the radio off. AM
3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
until SEC shows on the display. especially at night. The longer range, however, can
4. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
5. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
with your code.
6. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree FM Stereo
with your code. FM stereo will give you the best sound, but FM signals
7. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
code matches the secret code you have written down. buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
The display will show ---, indicating that the radio is the sound to come and go.
no longer secured.
Tips About Your Audio System
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear on the
display. The radio will remain secured until the correct Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
code is entered. until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
When battery power is removed and later applied to a and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
secured radio, the radio won’t turn on and LOC will adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
appear on the display. sound level before your hearing adapts to it.

3-25
 yellowblue

To help avoid hearing loss or damage: Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
D Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting. A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause
D Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
and clearly. mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
NOTICE: properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
Before you add any sound equipment to your 50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate
vehicle -- like a tape player, CB radio, mobile that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without
telephone or two-way radio -- be sure you can resetting the tape clean timer. If this message appears on
add what you want. If you can, it’s very the display, your cassette tape player needs to be
important to do it properly. Added sound cleaned. It will still play tapes, but you should clean it as
equipment may interfere with the operation of soon as possible to prevent damage to your tapes and
player. If you notice a reduction in sound quality, try a
your vehicle’s engine, Delco Electronics radio or
known good cassette to see if it is the tape or the tape
other systems, and even damage them. Your player at fault. If this other cassette has no improvement
vehicle’s systems may interfere with the in sound quality, clean the tape player.
operation of sound equipment that has been
added improperly. The recommended cleaning method for your cassette
tape player is the use of a scrubbing action,
So, before adding sound equipment, check with non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn.
covering mobile radio and telephone units. The recommended cleaning cassette is available through
your dealership (GM Part No. 12344789).

3-26
 yellowblue

When using a scrubbing action, non-abrasive cleaning 3. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button for five
cassette, it is normal for the cassette to eject because seconds. The tape symbol on the display will flash
your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature for two seconds.
and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape. To 4. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette.
prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected, use the
following steps. 5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’s
recommended cleaning time.
If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player: When the cleaning cassette has been ejected, the cut tape
detection feature is active again.
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
2. Turn the radio on. cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
3. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette. the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
4. Within five seconds, press and hold the REV and eject on its own. A non-scrubbing action cleaner may
FWD buttons at the same time for three seconds. The not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner.
tape symbol on the display will flash, showing that The use of a non-scrubbing action, dry-type cleaning
the cut tape detection feature is no longer active. cassette is not recommended.

5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’s After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
recommended cleaning time. five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo with
Cassette Tape Player and Automatic Tone Control: Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality
may degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY. tape is in good condition before you have your tape
2. Turn the radio off. player serviced.

3-27
 yellowblue

Care of Your Compact Discs Power Antenna Mast Care

Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases Your power antenna will look its best and work
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight well if it’s cleaned from time to time. To clean the
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a antenna mast:
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and 1. Turn on the ignition and radio to raise the antenna.
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits or
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling equivalent solvent.
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge. 3. Wipe the cloth over the mast sections, removing
any dirt.
Care of Your Compact Disc Player
4. Wipe dry with a clean cloth.
The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised, due to
the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with 5. Make the antenna go up and down by turning the
lubricants internal to the CD mechanism. radio or ignition off and on.
6. Repeat if necessary.

3-28
 yellowblue

If the mast portion of your antenna is damaged, you can

NOTICE: easily replace it. See your dealer for a replacement kit
and follow the instructions in the kit.
Don’t lubricate the power antenna. Lubrication
could damage it.

NOTICE:
Before entering an automatic car wash, turn off
your radio to make the power antenna go down.
This will prevent the mast from possibly getting
damaged. If the antenna does not go down when
you turn the radio off, it may be damaged or
need to be cleaned. In either case, lower the
antenna by hand by carefully pressing the
antenna down.

3-29
 yellowblue

✍ NOTES

3-30
 yellowblue

Section 4 Your Driving and the Road

Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also
included many other useful tips on driving.

4-2 Defensive Driving 4-18 City Driving

4-3 Drunken Driving 4-19 Freeway Driving
4-6 Control of a Vehicle 4-20 Before Leaving on a Long Trip
4-6 Braking 4-21 Highway Hypnosis
4-9 Steering 4-22 Hill and Mountain Roads
4-11 Off-Road Recovery 4-24 Winter Driving
4-12 Passing 4-27 Recreational Vehicle Towing
4-13 Loss of Control 4-28 Loading Your Vehicle
4-14 Driving at Night 4-29 Towing a Trailer
4-16 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads

4-
4-1
 yellowblue

Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”

On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on
the driving task. Anything that distracts from the
driving task -- such as concentrating on a cellular
telephone call, reading, or reaching for something on the
Defensive Driving floor -- makes proper defensive driving more difficult
and can even cause a collision, with resulting injury.
The best advice anyone can give about driving is: Ask a passenger to help do things like this, or pull
Drive defensively. off the road in a safe place to do them yourself.
Please start with a very important safety device in your These simple defensive driving techniques could save
vehicle: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.) your life.

4-2
 yellowblue

Drunken Driving The obvious way to solve the leading highway safety
problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is drive. But what if people do? How much is “too much”
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to if the driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims might think. Although it depends on each person
every year. and situation, here is some general information on
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive the problem.
a vehicle: The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
D Judgment who is drinking depends upon four things:
D Muscular Coordination D The amount of alcohol consumed
D Vision D The drinker’s body weight
D Attentiveness. D The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Police records show that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases, D The length of time it has taken the drinker to
these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking consume the alcohol.
and driving. In recent years, over 17,000 annual motor According to the American Medical Association, a
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use 180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured. (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
never drive after drinking. For persons under 21, it’s of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol. (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.

4-3
 yellowblue

It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example,

if the same person drank three double martinis
(3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour,
the person’s BAC would be close to 0.12 percent.
A person who consumes food just before or during
drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level.
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
Since alcohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to
six drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and
how quickly the person drinks them.

4-4
 yellowblue

But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of There’s something else about drinking and driving that
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
night. All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above heart. This means that when anyone who has been
0.05 percent. Statistics show that the chance of being drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
BAC of 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
level of 0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of
having a collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the
chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times CAUTION:
greater; at a level of 0.15 percent, the chance is
25 times greater!
Drinking and then driving is very dangerous.
The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold judgment can be affected by even a small amount
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the of alcohol. You can have a serious -- or even
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking.
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able Please don’t drink and drive or ride with a driver
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision. who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
not drink.

4-5
 yellowblue

Control of a Vehicle Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s

easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where and road can provide. That means you can lose control
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and of your vehicle.
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work
at the places where the tires meet the road. Braking
Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot and do it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.

4-6
 yellowblue

And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is an
tread; the condition of your brakes; the weight of the advanced electronic braking system that will help
vehicle and the amount of brake force applied. prevent a braking skid.

Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in When you start your engine and begin to drive away,
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You may
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test
This is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to is going on. This is normal.
cool between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out
much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. If you
keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following
distances, you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary
braking. That means better braking and longer
brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine United States Canada
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal If there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system, this
will be harder to push. warning light will stay on. See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” in the Index.

4-7
 yellowblue

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure

faster than any driver could. The computer is
programmed to make the most of available tire and
road conditions.

Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.

You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
both rear wheels.

4-8
 yellowblue

Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need Steering

to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in Power Steering
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
anti-lock brakes. it will take much more effort.

Using Anti-Lock Steering Tips

Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down Driving on Curves
firmly and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
brakes vibrate, or you may notice some noise, but this
is normal. A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Braking in Emergencies Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
than even the very best braking. possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.

4-9
 yellowblue

The traction you can get in a curve depends on the Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle the curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
at which the curve is banked, and your speed. accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
While you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor you accelerate gently into the straightaway.
can control.
Steering in Emergencies
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve.
Then you suddenly accelerate. Both control There are times when steering can be more effective
systems -- steering and acceleration -- have to than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
do their work where the tires meet the road. Adding find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
the sudden acceleration can demand too much of out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
those places. You can lose control. parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it That’s the time for evasive action -- steering around
to go, and slow down. the problem.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is better to
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower. remove as much speed as you can from a possible
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front or right depending on the space available.
wheels are straight ahead.

4-10
 yellowblue

Off-Road Recovery
You may find that your right wheels have dropped
off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.

An emergency like this requires close attention and a

quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object. If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
The fact that such emergency situations are always accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
at all times and wear safety belts properly. You can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn
until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then
turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
4-11
 yellowblue

Passing D Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a following too closely reduces your area of vision,
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment, especially if you’re following a larger vehicle.
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes Also, you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver? ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane reasonable distance.
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the D When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in get too close. Time your move so you will be
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision. “running start” that more than makes up for the
So here are some tips for passing: distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,
D “Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides you need only slow down and drop back again and
and to crossroads for situations that might affect wait for another opportunity.
your passing patterns. If you have any doubt
whatsoever about making a successful pass, wait D If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
for a better time. your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
D Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines. Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a the blind spot.
turn or an intersection, delay your pass. A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a solid
line on your side of the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic.

4-12
 yellowblue

D Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder and Loss of Control
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough Let’s review what driving experts say about what
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to
just passed may seem to be farther away from you steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of
than it really is.) less danger.
D Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on Skidding
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle. In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
D Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may care suited to existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids are
be slowing down or starting to turn.
always possible.
D If you’re being passed, make it easy for the The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right. three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.

4-13
 yellowblue

A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best Driving at Night

handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
You may not realize the surface is slippery until your
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning Night driving is more dangerous than day driving.
clues -- such as enough water, ice or packed snow on One reason is that some drivers are likely to be
the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow impaired -- by alcohol or drugs, with night vision
down when you have any doubt. problems, or by fatigue.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.

4-14
 yellowblue

Here are some tips on night driving. What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
D Drive defensively. vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
D Don’t drink and drive. have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
D Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
glare from headlamps behind you. down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
D Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
other vehicles. headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When
D Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your you are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead. doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
D In remote areas, watch for animals. misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
D If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place
and rest. Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
Night Vision worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.

4-15
 yellowblue

Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
aren’t even aware of it. tuned for driving on dry pavement.
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled with
washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper inserts
when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on
the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to separate
from the inserts.

4-16
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work
as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to
one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
it has little or no contact with the road.
going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles. Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them. tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.

4-17
 yellowblue

Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There City Driving

just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
Driving Through Deep Standing Water

NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
lower than the underbody of your vehicle. If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.

Some Other Rainy Weather Tips

D Besides slowing down, allow some extra following One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
distance. And be especially careful when you pass amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted traffic signals.
by road spray.
D Have good tires with proper tread depth.
(See “Tires” in the Index.)

4-18
 yellowblue

Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving: Freeway Driving
D Know the best way to get to where you are going.
Get a city map and plan your trip into an
unknown part of the city just as you would for
a cross-country trip.
D Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
D Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start
to move, check both ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.

Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,

expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.

4-19
 yellowblue

The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not,
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the to the next exit.
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane. The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the The exit speed is usually posted.
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check slower than you actually are.
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow. Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested. If you
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
in the right lane unless you want to pass. work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use can easily drive in.
your turn signal.
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
“blind” spot. you’ll find experienced and able service experts in GM
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you dealerships all across North America. They’ll be ready
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move and willing to help if you need it.
slightly slower at night.

4-20
 yellowblue

Here are some things you can check before a trip: Highway Hypnosis
D Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Is there actually such a condition as “highway
Are all windows clean inside and outside? hypnosis”? Or is it just plain falling asleep at the
D Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape? wheel? Call it highway hypnosis, lack of awareness,
or whatever.
D Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels? There is something about an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the
D Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean? road, the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind
D Tires: They are vitally important to a safe, against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the road in less than a second, and you could crash and
recommended pressure? be injured.
D Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short aware that it can happen.
time to avoid a major storm system? Then here are some tips:
D Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps? D Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
D Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead
and to the sides. Check your mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
D If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.

4-21
 yellowblue

Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
D Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
D Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.

CAUTION:
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would
then have poor braking or even none going
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let
driving in flat or rolling terrain. your engine assist your brakes on a steep
downhill slope.

4-22
 yellowblue

D Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift

CAUTION: down to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your
engine and transmission, and you can climb the
hill better.
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to D Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
do all the work of slowing down. They could get
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
so hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would you stay in your own lane.
then have poor braking or even none going down
a hill. You could crash. Always have your engine D As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There
running and your vehicle in gear when you could be something in your lane, like a stalled car or
an accident.
go downhill.
D You may see highway signs on mountains that warn
of special problems. Examples are long grades,
passing or no-passing zones, a falling rocks area
or winding roads. Be alert to these and take
appropriate action.

4-23
 yellowblue

Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving:

D Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.
D You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your vehicle.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and
reflective warning triangles. And, if you will be driving
under severe conditions, include a small bag of sand, a
piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help
provide traction. Be sure you properly secure these
items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.

4-24
 yellowblue

Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing

or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and
polish the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
though you have an anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
D Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
D Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
freezing (32_F; 0_C) and freezing rain begins to fall. are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
can get there.

4-25
 yellowblue

If You’re Caught in a Blizzard D Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow.
D Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.

If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a

serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
D Turn on your hazard flashers. You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

4-26
 yellowblue

If you have a diesel engine, you may have to run it at a

CAUTION: higher speed to get enough heat. Then, shut the engine
off and close the window almost all the way to preserve
the heat. Start the engine again and repeat this only
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. But
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas do it as little as possible. Preserve the fuel as long as you
to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill can. To help keep warm, you can get out of the vehicle
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or
know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from so until help comes.
around the base of your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
Recreational Vehicle Towing
around again from time to time to be sure snow Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four
doesn’t collect there. wheels on the ground. If your vehicle must be towed,
see “Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
NOTICE:
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster ground will damage drivetrain components.
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery (or batteries) charged. You will need a
well-charged battery (or batteries) to restart the vehicle,
and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps.
Let the heater run for a while.

4-27
 yellowblue

Loading Your Vehicle The Certification/Tire label also tells you the maximum
weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on
your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can help
you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or the
GAWR for either the front or rear axle.
And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread
it out.

CAUTION:

The Certification/Tire label is found on the rear edge of Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
the driver’s door. The label shows the size of your GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
the gross weight capacity of your vehicle. This is called break, and it can change the way your vehicle
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR handles. These could cause you to lose control
includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and crash. Also, overloading can shorten the life
and cargo. of your vehicle.

4-28
 yellowblue

Towing a Trailer
CAUTION:
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike CAUTION:
and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in
a crash. If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive
D Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle. properly, you can lose control when you pull a
Try to spread the weight evenly. trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the
D Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, brakes may not work well -- or even at all. You
inside the vehicle so that some of them are and your passengers could be seriously injured.
above the tops of the seats. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the
D Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in steps in this section. Ask your dealer for advice
your vehicle. and information about towing a trailer with
D When you carry something inside the your vehicle.
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.

4-29
 yellowblue

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer

NOTICE: If you do, here are some important points:

Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your D There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
the advice in this part, and see your dealer for information can be state or provincial police.
important information about towing a trailer
with your vehicle. D Consider using a sway control if your trailer will
weigh 4,000 lbs. (1 800 kg) or less. You should
always use a sway control if your trailer will weigh
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the more than 4,000 lbs. (1 800 kg). You can ask a hitch
vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you dealer about sway controls.
should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” D Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles
that appears later in this section. But trailering is (800 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
different than just driving your vehicle by itself. axle or other parts could be damaged.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct D Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you
equipment, and it has to be used properly. tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your
That’s the reason for this section. In it are many engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. heavier loads.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully D You should use THIRD (3) (or, as you need to,
before you pull a trailer. a lower gear) when towing a trailer. Operating your
vehicle in THIRD (3) when towing a trailer will
minimize heat buildup and extend the life of
your transmission.
4-30
 yellowblue

Three important considerations have to do with weight: Axle Max. Trailer Weight
D the weight of the trailer, Model Engine Ratio (lbs.) (kg)
D the weight of the trailer tongue G1500 4.3L 3.42 4,000 (1816)
3.73 4,500 (2043)
D and the weight on your vehicle’s tires.
5.0L 3.42 5,000 (2270)
Weight of the Trailer 5.7L 3.42 5,500 (2497)
How heavy can a trailer safely be? 3.73 6,500 (2951)
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For G2500 4.3L 3.42 4,000 (1816)
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside 4.10 4,000 (1816)
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a 5.0L 3.42 5,000 (2270)
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any 5.7L 3.42 5,500 (2497)
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
3.73 5,500 (2497)
The following chart shows how much your trailer can 4.10 7,000 (3178)
weigh, based upon vehicle model and options.
6.5L 3.73 8,000 (3632)
4.10 8,000 (3632)
G3500 5.7L 3.73 5,500 (2497)
4.10 7,000 (3178)
6.5L 3.73 7,500 (3405)
4.10 7,500 (3405)
7.4L 3.42 6,500 (2951)
3.73 8,000 (3632)
4.10 10,000 (4540)

4-31
 yellowblue

Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming the

driver and one passenger are in the towing vehicle and it
has all the required trailering equipment. The weight of
additional equipment, passengers and cargo in the
towing vehicle must be subtracted from the above
maximum trailer weights.
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
advice, or you can write us at the address listed in your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet.
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
If you’re using your platform hitch as a weight-carrying
Weight of the Trailer Tongue hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of
the total loaded trailer weight (B). If you’re using your
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important platform hitch as a weight-distributing hitch, the trailer
weight to measure because it affects the total or gross tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of the total loaded
weight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight trailer weight (B).
(GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will be After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
riding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, you then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
must add the tongue load to the GVW because your proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to get them right
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
Your Vehicle” in the Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
4-32
 yellowblue

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires D Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch?
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the upper
limit for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers on the If you’re using the wiring provided by the
Certification label at the rear edge of the driver’s door or factory-installed hitch, you should not need to make
see “Tire Loading” in the Index. Then be sure you don’t any holes in the body of your vehicle. However, if
go over the GVW limit for your vehicle, including the you have an aftermarket hitch installed, you may
weight of the trailer tongue. need to make holes in the body.
If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when
Hitches you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a into your vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are Index). Dirt and water can, too.
some rules to follow:
Safety Chains
D The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other You should always attach chains between your vehicle
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting
bumper. Do not use a ball hitch, because it could pull the road if it becomes separated from the hitch.
the bumper loose. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the
hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
D If you’ll be pulling a trailer that, when loaded, will Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for
weigh more than 4,000 lbs. (1 800 kg), be sure to use attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the
a properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch and bumper. Always leave just enough slack so you can
sway control of the proper size. This equipment is turn with your rig. Never allow safety chains to drag on
very important for proper vehicle loading and good the ground.
handling when you’re driving.

4-33
 yellowblue

Trailer Brakes Driving with a Trailer

If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 lbs. (450 kg)
loaded, then it needs its own brakes -- and they must be
adequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for CAUTION:
the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly. If you have a rear-most window open and you
Your trailer brake system can tap into your vehicle’s pull a trailer with your vehicle, carbon monoxide
hydraulic brake system, except: (CO) could come into your vehicle. You can’t see
or smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness or
D Don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake system if the
trailer’s brake system will use more than 0.02 cubic death. (See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.)
inch (0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s master To maximize your safety when towing a trailer:
cylinder. If it does, both braking systems won’t work D Have your exhaust system inspected for
well. You could even lose your brakes. leaks, and make necessary repairs before
D Will the trailer parts take 3,000 psi (20 650 kPa) of starting on your trip.
pressure? If not, the trailer brake system must not be D Keep the rear-most windows closed.
used with your vehicle. D If exhaust does come into your vehicle
through a window in the rear or another
D If everything checks out this far, then make the brake
fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends opening, drive with your front, main
fluid to the rear brakes. But don’t use copper tubing heating or cooling system on and with the
for this. If you do, it will bend and finally break off. fan on any speed. This will bring fresh,
Use steel brake tubing. outside air into your vehicle. Do not use
MAX A/C because it only recirculates the
air inside your vehicle. (See “Comfort
Controls” in the Index.)

4-34
 yellowblue

Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Following Distance

Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you
handling and braking with the added weight of the would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as and sudden turns.
responsive as your vehicle is by itself. Passing
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector, you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your Backing Up
electrical connection at the same time.
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
are still working. hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.

4-35
 yellowblue

Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on your instrument

panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer
are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you
NOTICE: are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s important
to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are
Making very sharp turns while trailering could still working.
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
Driving On Grades
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering. Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much that
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns they would get hot and no longer work well.
than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other objects. When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades,
Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a
in advance. lower temperature than at normal altitudes. If you turn
your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer on steep uphill grades, your vehicle may show signs
similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have extra engine run while parked (preferably on level ground)
wiring and a heavy-duty turn signal flasher (included with the automatic transmission in PARK (P) for a few
in the optional trailering package). minutes before turning the engine off. If you do get
The arrows on your instrument panel will flash the overheat warning, see “Engine Overheating” in
whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly the Index.
hooked up, the trailer lamps will also flash, telling other
drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes or stop.

4-36
 yellowblue

Parking on Hills When You Are Ready to Leave After

Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
CAUTION: while you:

You really should not park your vehicle, with a

D Start your engine;
trailer attached, on a hill. If something goes D Shift into a gear; and
wrong, your rig could start to move. People can D Release the parking brake.
be injured, and both your vehicle and the trailer
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
can be damaged.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
how to do it: Maintenance When Trailer Towing
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
PARK (P) yet. Then turn your wheels into the curb
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for more
if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill. on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the overfill), engine oil, axle lubricant, belt, cooling system
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load. and brake adjustment. Each of these is covered in this
manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review these
brake and then shift to PARK (P). sections before you start your trip.
5. Release the regular brakes. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.

4-37
 yellowblue

Trailer Wiring Harness Three-Wire Harness

The optional heavy-duty trailer wiring package is an D Dark Blue: Use for electric trailer brakes (eight-wire
eight-wire harness assembly. The five-wire portion of harness only)
the harness assembly is stored under the vehicle, along D Orange: Trailer accessory (eight-wire harness only)
the driver’s side rear corner of the frame rail. The
three-wire portion of the harness assembly is stored D White (heavy gage): Ground wire
in a frame pocket under the rear of the vehicle, on the Securely attach the harness to the trailer, then tape or
driver’s side. The heavy-duty trailer wiring harness has strap it to your vehicle’s frame rail. Be sure you leave it
a 30-amp feed wire. Both harnesses come without loose enough so the wiring doesn’t bend or break, but
connectors and should be wired by a qualified electrical not so loose that it drags on the ground. Store the
technician. The technician can use the following color harness in its original place. Wrap the harness together
code chart when connecting the wiring harness to and tie it neatly so it won’t be damaged.
your trailer.
Five-Wire Harness
D Light Green: Back-up lamps
D Brown: Parking lamps
D Yellow: Left stoplamp and turn signal
D Dark Green: Right stoplamp and turn signal
D White (light gage): Center high-mounted stoplamp

4-38
 yellowblue

Section 5 Problems on the Road

Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.

5-2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5-12 Cooling System (Gasoline Engine)

5-3 Other Warning Devices 5-20 Engine Fan Noise
5-3 Jump Starting 5-20 If a Tire Goes Flat
5-9 Towing Your Vehicle 5-21 Changing a Flat Tire
5-10 Engine Overheating (Gasoline Engine) 5-35 If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow

5-
5-1
 yellowblue

Hazard Warning Flashers Push the button at the top of

the steering column all the
way down to make your
front and rear turn signals
flash on and off.

Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what

position your key is in, and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, push the button until the first
click and release.
When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn
signals won’t work.
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.

5-2
 yellowblue

Other Warning Devices

If you carry reflective triangles, you can use them to
NOTICE:
warn others. Set one up at the side of the road about
300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle. Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by
Jump Starting your warranty.
If your battery has run down, you may want to use The ACDelco FreedomR battery in your vehicle
another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your has a built-in hydrometer. Do not charge, test or
vehicle. But please follow the steps below to do it safely. jump start the battery if the hydrometer looks
clear or light yellow. Replace the battery when
there is a clear or light yellow hydrometer and a
CAUTION: cranking complaint.
Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous it won’t work, and it could damage your vehicle.
because:
D They contain acid that can burn you.
D They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
D They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some or all
of these things can hurt you.

5-3
 yellowblue

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt 2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
battery with a negative ground system. can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
NOTICE: start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
If the other system isn’t a 12-volt system with a To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in
the jump start procedure. Put your automatic
If you have a diesel engine vehicle with two batteries transmission in PARK (P).
(or more) you should know before you begin that, 3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Turn off all
especially in cold weather, you may not be able to lamps that aren’t needed, and radios. This will avoid
get enough power from a single battery in another sparks and help save both batteries, and could save
vehicle to start your diesel engine. your radio.
If your vehicle has more than one battery, use the
battery that is under the hood of the vehicle -- this
will reduce the electrical resistance. NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on, it could be badly
damaged. The repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.

5-4
 yellowblue

4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find the

positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on CAUTION:
each battery.
Using a match near a battery can cause battery
CAUTION: gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
An electric fan can start up even when the engine
is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, Be sure the batteries have enough water. You
don’t need to add water to the ACDelco
FreedomR battery (or batteries) installed in
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
every new GM vehicle. But if a battery has filler
caps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If
it is low, add water to take care of that first. If
you don’t, explosive gas could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.

5-5
 yellowblue

5. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or

missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to an unpainted
metal engine part or a body metal surface. Don’t
connect positive (+) to negative (-) or you will get a
short that would damage the battery and maybe other
parts, too. And don’t connect the negative (-) to
negative (-).

CAUTION:
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Or use
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
once the engine is running.

5-6
 yellowblue

7. Don’t let the other end

touch metal. Connect it
to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.

8. Now connect the black

negative (-) cable to
9. Make your last connection away from the battery, to
the good battery’s
the engine block, frame or other unpainted metal
negative (-) terminal.
parts of your vehicle. A ground location has been
Don’t let the other end provided through a stud attached to the body surface.
touch anything until the
next step.

5-7
 yellowblue

13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent

electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.

10. Remove the cap on the ground location

before using.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for a while.
A. Engine Block, Frame, Unpainted Metal Engine Part
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. or Body Surface
If it won’t start after a few tries, it probably
needs service. B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery

5-8
 yellowblue

Towing Your Vehicle

NOTICE:
CAUTION: Use the proper towing equipment to avoid
damage to the bumper, fascia or fog lamp areas
To help avoid serious personal injury to you of the vehicle.
or others:
D Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is With current trends in automotive styles and design, it is
being towed. essential that the correct towing equipment is used to
D Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds. tow a vehicle. Your vehicle can be towed with wheel-lift
D Never tow with damaged parts not fully or car-carrier equipment. A towing dolly must be used
secured. under the drive wheels and observe the following
towing limits when towing from the front.
D Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck. D Towing Limits -- 35 mph (56 km/h),
D Always secure the vehicle on each side with 50 miles (80 km)
separate safety chains when towing it. Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if
D Use only the correct hooks. you need to have your vehicle towed. See “Roadside
Assistance” in the Index.

5-9
 yellowblue

Engine Overheating
(Gasoline Engine) CAUTION:
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle’s
instrument panel. If you have a diesel engine, you will also Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
find a low coolant light on your instrument panel. badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear steam coming
If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Engine
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
Overheating” in the Diesel Engine Supplement.
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine there is no sign of steam or coolant before you
open the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if
it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.

NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.

5-10
 yellowblue

If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about
If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no 10 minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back on,
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes you can drive normally.
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
D Climb a long hill on a hot day. vehicle right away.
D Stop after high-speed driving. If there’s still no sign of steam, push down the
D Idle for long periods in traffic. accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while
D Tow a trailer. See “Driving on Grades” in the Index.
you’re parked. If you still have the warning, turn off
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam, the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it
try this for a minute or so: cools down.
1. If you have an air conditioner and it’s on, turn it off. You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan help right away.
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE ( ) B
or DRIVE (D).

5-11
 yellowblue

Cooling System (Gasoline Engine)

When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:

The coolant level should be at or above the

FULL COLD mark.

A. Radiator Pressure Cap

B. Coolant Recovery Tank
C. Engine Fan(s)
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.

5-12
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine
parts, can be very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.

If it isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, NOTICE:

heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in
the cooling system.
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolant isn’t covered by your warranty.

5-13
 yellowblue

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant

NOTICE: Recovery Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
When adding coolant, it is important that you use
only DEX-COOLR (silicate-free) coolant.
isn’t at the FULL COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOLR engine
If coolant other than DEX-COOL is added to the coolant at the coolant recovery tank. (See “Engine
system, premature engine, heater core or Coolant” in the Index for more information.)
radiator corrosion may result. In addition, the
engine coolant will require change sooner -- at
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months, CAUTION:
whichever occurs first. Damage caused by the use
of coolant other than DEX-COOLR is not Adding only plain water to your cooling system
covered by your new vehicle warranty. can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
If there seems to be no leak, start the engine again. See coolant mixture will. Your vehicle’s coolant
if the engine cooling fan speed increases when idle warning system is set for the proper coolant
speed is doubled by pushing the accelerator pedal down. mixture. With plain water or the wrong mixture,
If it doesn’t, your vehicle needs service. Turn off your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t
the engine. get the overheat warning. Your engine could
catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOLR coolant.

5-14
 yellowblue

NOTICE: CAUTION:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts. engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
Use the recommended coolant and the proper and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
coolant mixture. enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.

When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the

FULL COLD mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant
mixture directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling
system is cool before you do it.

5-15
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burn you badly. They
are under pressure, and if you turn the radiator
pressure cap -- even a little -- they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and
radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to
turn the pressure cap.

5-16
 yellowblue

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator

2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push

down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure
cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops. (Don’t
press down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.

5-17
 yellowblue

3. Fill the radiator with the proper DEX-COOLR 4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the
coolant mixture, up to the base of the filler neck. FULL COLD mark.
(See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for more 5. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
information about the proper coolant mixture.) leave the radiator pressure cap off.

5-18
 yellowblue

6. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the 8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the
engine cooling fan. filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the
7. By this time, the coolant level inside the radiator arrows on the pressure cap line up like this.
filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper DEX-COOLR coolant mixture
through the filler neck until the level reaches the
base of the filler neck.

5-19
 yellowblue

Engine Fan Noise If a Tire Goes Flat

Your vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. When It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
the clutch is engaged, the fan spins faster to provide especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
more air to cool the engine. In most everyday driving out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
conditions, the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a few
not fully engaged. This improves fuel economy and tips about what to expect and what to do:
reduces fan noise. Under heavy vehicle loading, trailer If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that
towing and/or high outside temperatures, the fan speed pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
increases as the clutch more fully engages. So you accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
may hear an increase in fan noise. This is normal and Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
should not be mistaken as the transmission slipping or a stop well out of the traffic lane.
making extra shifts. It is merely the cooling system
functioning properly. The fan will slow down when A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
additional cooling is not required and the clutch skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a
partially disengages. skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
You may also hear this fan noise when you steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
start the engine. It will go away as the fan clutch very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
partially disengages. brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.

5-20
 yellowblue

Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.

CAUTION:
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack and roll over you or other
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly. The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
2. Put the shift lever in PARK (P). change a tire.
3. Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the front and rear of the
tire farthest away from the one being changed.
That would be the tire on the other side of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.

5-21
 yellowblue

Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Unless your vehicle has a flat rear tire, do not remove or
restore a tire from/to a storage position under the vehicle
while the vehicle is supported by a jack. Always tighten
the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle
when restoring.
If you have a vehicle which was completed from a cab
and chassis, refer to the information from the body
supplier/installer.
The spare tire is a full-size tire, like the other tires on
your vehicle.
For cargo vans, and all
passenger vans except those
with the 15-passenger
seating arrangement, the
jack is secured in the rear
Your spare tire is stored underneath the rear of your passenger side corner
vehicle. You will use the ratchet and extension to lower of the vehicle.
the spare tire.
A flat rear tire reduces clearance to remove the spare
tire. If there is less than 12 inches (30.48 cm) between
the ground and the rear bumper or any trailer hitch, jack
up the vehicle until the flat tire is off the ground. (See
“Removing the Flat Tire” and “Installing the Spare
Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it off the
Tire,” Steps 4 through 8, in this section.)
mounting bracket. Set the jack and jacking equipment
near the flat tire.
5-22
 yellowblue

The ratchet has a DOWN side and an UP side.

Attach the ratchet, with the DOWN side facing you, to
the extension. The extension has a socket end and a flat
For vans with the 15-passenger seating arrangement, chisel end.
the jack is secured on the rear passenger side floor of Put the flat end of the extension on an angle through the
the vehicle. hole in the rear door frame, above the bumper. Be sure
Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it out of the the flat end connects into the hoist shaft.
mounting bracket. Set the jack and jacking equipment
near the flat tire.

5-23
 yellowblue

When the tire has been lowered, tilt the retainer at the
end of the cable and pull it through the wheel opening.

Turn the ratchet counterclockwise to lower the spare tire

to the ground. If you are changing a flat rear tire and the
vehicle is already jacked up, use the jack handle and
extension to hook the cable. Then pull the spare from
beneath the vehicle. If the retainer pulls out, hook the NOTICE:
inside of the wheel and pull the spare tire out from under
the vehicle. To help avoid vehicle damage, do not drive the
vehicle before the cable is restored.

5-24
 yellowblue

Jacking Tool Storage The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A), jack
A. Socket handle extension (B), jack handle (C), socket (D) and
the ratchet (E).
B. Jack Handle
C. Ratchet
D. Jacking Tool Storage Box
E. Jack Handle Extension

5-25
 yellowblue

Removing the Wheel Covers and Locking

Wheel Nuts

2. Loosen the plastic nut caps.

1. You will need to take off the wheel nut caps to reach
your wheel nuts. When using the ratchet and socket,
make sure the DOWN side faces you.

5-26
 yellowblue

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the

Spare Tire

3. Remove the center cap.

1. With the DOWN side facing you, use the ratchet and
socket to loosen all the wheel nuts. Don’t remove
them yet.

5-27
 yellowblue

2. The jack has a bolt on the end. Attach the socket end Front Position
of the extension to the jack bolt.
Attach the ratchet to the extension with the UP side
facing you.
3. Turn the ratchet clockwise. That will raise the jack
lift head a little.

5-28
 yellowblue

4. Position jack under the

vehicle as shown. CAUTION:
Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

CAUTION:
Rear Position
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can damage the vehicle and even make
the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and
vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.

5-29
 yellowblue

6. Remove all the wheel

nuts, and take off the
flat tire.

5. Raise the vehicle by turning the ratchet clockwise.

Make sure the UP mark faces you. Raise the vehicle
far enough off the ground so there is enough room
for the spare tire to fit.

5-30
 yellowblue

7. Remove any rust or dirt

from the wheel bolts, CAUTION:
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.

8. Replace the wheel nuts

with the rounded end of
the nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each
CAUTION: wheel nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to the hub.
which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places
where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
9. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle
to do this; but be sure to use a scraper or wire counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rust or
dirt off.

5-31
 yellowblue

10. Tighten the nuts

firmly in a crisscross NOTICE:
sequence as shown.
Turn the wheel Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to
wrench clockwise. brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.

11. Put the wheel cover back on, if you have one.
Remove any wheel blocks.
CAUTION: Remember that the jack, jacking equipment and tire
must be properly stored in their original storage
position before you begin driving again. The next
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened part will show you how.
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure to get new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the
nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 140 lb-ft
(190 N·m).

5-32
 yellowblue

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.

1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle,

with the valve stem pointed down.
2. Pull the retaining bar through the center of the
wheel, making sure it is properly attached.

5-33
 yellowblue

3. Pull the wheel toward the rear of the vehicle, 4. Attach the ratchet, with the UP side facing you, to
keeping the cable tight. the extension.

5-34
 yellowblue

If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,

Ice or Snow
In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck, you will
need to spin the wheels, but you don’t want to spin your
wheels too fast. The method known as “rocking” can
help you get out when you’re stuck, but you must
use caution.

CAUTION:
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
explode, and you or others could be injured. And,
5. Put the flat end of the extension on an angle through the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can
the hole in the rear door frame, above the bumper. overheat. That could cause an engine
Turn the ratchet clockwise until the tire is against the compartment fire or other damage. When you’re
underside of the vehicle. stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
You will hear two “clicks” when the tire is up all the spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown
way. Try to move the tire with your hands to make on the speedometer.
sure it is securely in place.
Return the jacking equipment to the proper location.
Secure the items and replace the jack cover.

5-35
 yellowblue

Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out

NOTICE: First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear,
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels spinning the wheels as little as possible. Release the
too fast while shifting your transmission back accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on
and forth, you can destroy your transmission. the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear.
By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and
reverse directions, you will cause a rocking motion that
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle, may free your vehicle. If that doesn’t get you out after a
see “Tire Chains” in the Index. few tries, you may need to be towed out. If you do need
to be towed out, see “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.

5-36
 yellowblue

Section 6 Service and Appearance Care

Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle. This section begins with service and fuel information,
and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted to its appearance care.

6-2 Service 6-32 Bulb Replacement

6-3 Fuel (Gasoline Engine) 6-32 Halogen Bulbs
6-5 Fuels in Foreign Countries (Gasoline Engines) 6-40 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
6-5 Filling Your Tank (Gasoline Engine) 6-41 Tires
6-7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6-50 Appearance Care
6-8 Checking Things Under the Hood 6-51 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
6-11 Noise Control System 6-55 Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
6-12 Engine Oil (Gasoline Engine) 6-56 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels (If Equipped)
6-16 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Gasoline Engines) 6-57 Cleaning Tires
6-17 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6-57 Sheet Metal Damage
6-21 Rear Axle 6-57 Finish Damage
6-21 Radiator Pressure Cap 6-59 GM Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials
6-21 Thermostat 6-60 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
6-22 Engine Coolant 6-61 Electrical System
6-25 Power Steering Fluid 6-66 Replacement Bulbs
6-26 Windshield Washer Fluid 6-67 Capacities and Specifications
6-27 Brakes 6-71 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
6-31 Battery
6-
6-1
 yellowblue

Service Doing Your Own Service Work

Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll
be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for want to use the proper service manual. It tells you much
all your service needs. You’ll get genuine GM parts and more about how to service your vehicle than this manual
GM-trained and supported service people. can. To order the proper service manual, see “Service
and Owner Publications” in the Index.
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: Your vehicle may have an air bag system. If it does, see
“Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the
Index before attempting to do your own service work.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.

6-2
 yellowblue

Fuel (Gasoline Engine)

CAUTION: If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Diesel Fuel
Requirements and Fuel System” in the Diesel Engine
You can be injured and your vehicle could be Supplement. For vehicles with gasoline engines, please
damaged if you try to do service work on a read this.
vehicle without knowing enough about it. Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher. It
D Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, is recommended that the gasoline meet specifications which
experience, the proper replacement parts have been developed by the American Automobile
and tools before you attempt any vehicle Manufacturers Association (AAMA) and endorsed by the
maintenance task. Canadian Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association for
better vehicle performance and engine protection. Gasolines
D Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and meeting the AAMA specification could provide improved
other fasteners. “English” and “metric” driveability and emission control system performance
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use compared to other gasolines. For more information, write to:
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break American Automobile Manufacturer’s Association, 7430
or fall off. You could be hurt. Second Ave, Suite 300, Detroit MI 48202.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
Adding Equipment to the Outside of less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
Your Vehicle
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear
Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can
heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But don’t worry
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise
if you hear a little pinging noise when you’re accelerating or
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
driving up a hill. That’s normal, and you don’t have to buy a
your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of
higher octane fuel to get rid of pinging. It’s the heavy,
your vehicle.
constant knock that means you have a problem.

6-3
 yellowblue

If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States
Standards (indicated on the underhood emission control are now required to contain additives that will help
label), it is designed to operate on fuels that meet prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel
California specifications. If such fuels are not available system, allowing your emission control system to
in states adopting California emissions standards, your function properly. Therefore, you should not have to add
vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting anything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containing
federal specifications, but emission control system oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
performance may be affected. The malfunction indicator reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to
lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your contribute to clean air. General Motors recommends that
vehicle may fail a smog-check test. (See “Malfunction you use these gasolines, particularly if they comply with
Indicator Lamp” in the Index.) If this occurs, return to the specifications described earlier.
your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis to determine
the cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
cause of the condition is the type of fuels used, repairs NOTICE:
may not be covered by your warranty.
Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
emissions may contain an octane-enhancing additive contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
(MMT); ask your service station operator whether or not plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
his fuel contains MMT. General Motors does not be covered under your warranty.
recommend the use of such gasolines. If fuels containing
MMT are used, spark plug life may be reduced and your
emission control system performance may be affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turn on. If this occurs, return to your
authorized GM dealer for service.

6-4
 yellowblue

Fuels in Foreign Countries Filling Your Tank (Gasoline Engine)

(Gasoline Engines) If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Filling Your
If you plan on driving in another country outside the Tank (Diesel Engine)” in the Diesel Engine Supplement.
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to The fuel cap is behind a
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not hinged door on the driver’s
recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly side of your vehicle.
repairs caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be
covered by your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
CAUTION:
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.

6-5
 yellowblue

While refueling your

vehicle, hang the cap by the CAUTION:
tether from the hook on the
filler door.
If you get gasoline on yourself and then
something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the
fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all the way.
To remove the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise). The cap has a spring in it; if you let Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
go of the cap too soon, it will spring back to the right. painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.

6-6
 yellowblue

When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right Filling a Portable Fuel Container
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make
sure you fully install the cap. The diagnostic system
can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would allow fuel to
CAUTION:
evaporate into the atmosphere. See “Malfunction
Indicator Lamp” in the Index. Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in
your vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the gasoline vapor. You can
NOTICE: be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you and others:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right D Dispense gasoline only into
type. Your dealer can get one for you. If you get approved containers.
the wrong type, it may not fit properly. This may D Do not fill a container while it is inside a
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed or
and your fuel tank and emissions system may be on any surface other than the ground.
damaged. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in D Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the
the Index. inside of the fill opening before operating
the nozzle. Contact should be maintained
until the filling is complete.
D Don’t smoke while pumping gasoline.

6-7
 yellowblue

Checking Things Under the Hood To open the hood, first pull
this handle inside the
vehicle. It is just in front of
the driver’s side door frame
CAUTION: near the floor.
If your vehicle has air conditioning, the auxiliary
engine fan under the hood can start up and
injure you even when the engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

CAUTION:
Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to drop or spill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.

6-8
 yellowblue

Lift the hood, release the

hood prop from its retainer
and put the hood prop into
the slot in the hood hinge.
The underhood lamp
(if equipped) will
automatically come
on and stay on until the
hood is closed.

Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the

secondary hood release.

6-9
 yellowblue

When you lift the hood, you’ll see these items:

A. Battery D. Engine Oil Fill G. Power Steering Reservoir

B. Coolant Recovery Tank E. Transmission Dipstick H. Brake Master Cylinder
C. Engine Oil Dipstick F. Air Cleaner I. Windshield Washer Fluid

6-10
 yellowblue

If your vehicle has a 7.4 liter engine and air Tampering With Noise Control
conditioning, your vehicle will have a auxiliary engine System Prohibited
fan in addition to the belt driven fan.
Federal law prohibits the following acts or the
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps causing thereof:
are on properly.
1. The removal or rendering inoperative by any person,
Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. other than for purposes of maintenance, repair or
Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and replacement, of any device or element of design
return the prop to its retainer. Then just let the hood incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of
down and close it firmly. noise control, prior to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is in use; or
Noise Control System
2. The use of the vehicle after such device or element
The following information relates to compliance with
of design has been removed or rendered inoperative
Federal noise emission standards for vehicles with a
by any person.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than
10,000 lbs. (4 536 kg). The Maintenance Schedule Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are
provides information on maintaining the noise control the acts listed below.
system to minimize degradation of the noise emission Insulation:
control system during the life of your vehicle. The
noise control system warranty is given in your D Removal of the noise shields or any
Warranty booklet. underhood insulation.
These standards apply only to vehicles sold in the Engine:
United States. D Removal or rendering engine speed governor (if
equipped) inoperative so as to allow engine speed to
exceed manufacturer specifications.

6-11
 yellowblue

Fan and Drive: Engine Oil (Gasoline Engine)

D Removal of fan clutch (if equipped) or rendering If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Engine Oil
clutch inoperative. (Diesel Engine)” in the Diesel Engine Supplement.
D Removal of the fan shroud (if equipped). It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you
Air Intake: get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
D Removal of the air cleaner silencer.
D Reversing the air cleaner cover. The engine oil dipstick has
a yellow handle and is
Exhaust: located near the center of
D Removal of the muffler and/or resonator. the engine compartment.
D Removal of the exhaust pipes and exhaust Turn off the engine and
pipe clamps. give the oil a few minutes
to drain back into the oil
pan. If you don’t, the oil
dipstick might not show
the actual level.

6-12
 yellowblue

Checking Engine Oil

Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or NOTICE:
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level. Don’t add too much oil. If your engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is at or below the ADD mark, then you’ll need
to add at least one quart of oil. But you must use the
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to use. For
crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications”
in the Index.

The engine oil filler cap is located between the coolant

recovery tank and the air cleaner.

6-13
 yellowblue

Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in

the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol. This symbol
indicates that the oil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
If you change your own oil,
be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol on the
front of the oil container.

If you have your oil changed for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
6-14
 yellowblue

As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your Engine Oil Additives
vehicle. However, you can use SAE 10W-30 if it’s going
to be 0_F (-18_C) or above. These numbers on an oil Don’t add anything to your oil. Your dealer is ready to
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use advise if you think something should be added.
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50. When to Change Engine Oil
If any one of these is true for you, use the short trip/city
NOTICE: maintenance schedule:
D Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum This is particularly important when outside
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines temperatures are below freezing.
“Starburst” symbol. Failure to use the
D Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
recommended oil can result in engine damage not driving in stop-and-go traffic).
covered by your warranty.
D Most trips are through dusty areas.
GM GoodwrenchR oil meets all the requirements for D You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle. your vehicle.

If you are in an area where the temperature falls D The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
below -20_F (-29_C), consider using either an or other commercial application.
SAE 5W-30 synthetic oil or an SAE 0W-30 oil. Both Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to
will provide easier cold starting and better protection break down sooner. If any one of these is true for your
for your engine at extremely low temperatures. vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.

6-15
 yellowblue

If none of them is true, use the long trip/highway Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
maintenance schedule. Change the oil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever (Gasoline Engines)
occurs first. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to
break down slower.
What to Do with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil To remove the air cleaner filter:
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose of oil 1. Loosen the screw bolt to air induct hose.
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead, 2. Remove the three bolts holding the air cleaner
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If housing in place.
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil, 3. Remove the full air housing.
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center for help. 4. Unsnap the three clips.
Then tilt the top cover up and back to expose the
filter element.
6-16
 yellowblue

5. Install a new filter element with the folds in the

down position. NOTICE:
Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to replace the air cleaner.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, a backfire can cause a
See “Normal Replacement Parts” for the proper filter
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get into
to use.
your engine, which will damage it. Always have the
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to air cleaner/filter in place when you’re driving.
replace the air filter and crankcase ventilation filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Automatic
CAUTION: Transmission Fluid” in the Diesel Supplement.
When to Check and Change
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter
off can cause you or others to be burned. The air A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid
cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops flame if level is when the engine oil is changed.
the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and the Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
engine backfires, you could be burned. Don’t (83 000 km) if the vehicle’s GVWR is over 8,600 or
drive with it off, and be careful working on the if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of
engine with the air cleaner/filter off. these conditions:
D In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90_F (32_C) or higher.
D In hilly or mountainous terrain.
D When doing frequent trailer towing.

6-17
 yellowblue

D Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service. Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the
If your vehicle’s GVWR is not over 8,600 and you transmission fluid level if you have been driving:
do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, D When outside temperatures are above 90_F (32_C).
change the fluid and filter every 100,000 miles D At high speed for quite a while.
(166 000 km).
D In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
D While pulling a trailer.
How to Check
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you operating temperature, which is 180_F to 200_F
may choose to have this done at the dealership (82_C to 93_C).
service department.
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the (24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50_F
instructions here, or you could get a false reading on (10_C). If it’s colder than 50_F (10_C), drive the
the dipstick. vehicle in in DRIVE (D) until the engine temperature
gage moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes.
Then follow the hot check procedures.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transmission. Too much can mean that some of
the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine
parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be
sure to get an accurate reading if you check your
transmission fluid.

6-18
 yellowblue

Checking Transmission Fluid Cold Then, without shutting off the engine, follow these steps:
A cold check is made after the vehicle has been sitting
for eight hours or more with the engine off and is used
only as a reference. Let the engine run at idle for five
minutes if outside temperatures are 50_F (10_C) or
more. If it’s colder than 50_F (10_C), you may have
to idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be low
during a cold check, you must perform a hot check
before adding fluid. This will give you a more
accurate reading of the fluid level.
Checking the Fluid Level
D Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
D With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
1. The transmission dipstick has a red handle and is
D With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift located near the center of the engine compartment.
lever through each gear range, pausing for about Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
lever in PARK (P).
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
D Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more. then pull it back out again.

6-19
 yellowblue

How to Add Fluid

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transmission fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid
while it is hot. (A cold check is used only as a
reference.) If the fluid level is low, add only enough of
the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area
for a hot check. It doesn’t take much fluid, generally
less than one pint (0.5 L). Don’t overfill.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be in the COLD area for a NOTICE:
cold check or in the HOT area or cross-hatched area
for a hot check. We recommend you use only fluid labeled
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the DEXRONR-III, because fluid with that label is
dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle made especially for your automatic transmission.
down to lock the dipstick in place. Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRONR-III
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.

D After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as

described under “How to Check.”
D When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle
down to lock the dipstick in place.
6-20
 yellowblue

Rear Axle Radiator Pressure Cap

When to Check and Change Lubricant The radiator pressure cap must be tightly installed with
the arrows on the cap lined up with the overflow tube on
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how the radiator filler neck.
often to check the lubricant and when to change it. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
NOTICE:
How to Check Lubricant
If the level is below the Your radiator cap is a pressure-type cap and
bottom of the filler plug must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss
hole, you’ll need to add and possible engine damage from overheating. Be
some lubricant. Add enough sure the arrows on the cap line up with the
lubricant to raise the level overflow tube on the radiator filler neck.
to the bottom of the filler
plug hole.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine cooling system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an ACDelcoR
What to Use thermostat is recommended.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.

6-21
 yellowblue

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with
NOTICE:
DEX-COOLR engine coolant. This coolant is designed
to remain in your vehicle for 5 years or 150,000 miles When adding coolant, it is important that you use
(240 000 km), whichever occurs first, if you add only only DEX-COOLR (silicate-free) coolant.
DEX-COOLR extended life coolant. If coolant other than DEX-COOL is added to the
The following explains your cooling system and how to system, premature engine, heater core or
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem radiator corrosion may result. In addition, the
with engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in engine coolant will require change sooner -- at
the Index. 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months,
whichever occurs first. Damage caused by the use
A 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOLR coolant will: of coolant other than DEX-COOLR is not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
D Give freezing protection down to -34_F (-37_C).
D Give boiling protection up to 265_F (129_C).
What to Use
D Protect against rust and corrosion.
Use a mixture of one-half clean, drinkable water and
D Help keep the proper engine temperature. one-half DEX-COOLR coolant which won’t damage
D Let the warning lights and gages work as aluminum parts. If you use this coolant mixture, you
they should. don’t need to add anything else.

6-22
 yellowblue

CAUTION: NOTICE:

Adding only plain water to your cooling system If you use an improper coolant mixture, your
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other engine could overheat and be badly damaged.
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
coolant mixture will. Your vehicle’s coolant warranty. Too much water in the mixture can
warning system is set for the proper coolant freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core
mixture. With plain water or the wrong mixture, and other parts.
your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t
get the overheat warning. Your engine could If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use have your dealer check your cooling system.
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOLR coolant.
NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant, you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.

6-23
 yellowblue

Checking Coolant
CAUTION:
Turning the radiator pressure cap when the
engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never have to add coolant at the radiator. Never
turn the radiator pressure cap -- even a
little -- when the engine and radiator are hot.

Add coolant mixture at the recovery tank, but be careful

not to spill it.

The vehicle must be on a level surface. When your

engine is cold, the coolant level should be at FULL CAUTION:
COLD, or a little higher.
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
Adding Coolant engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
If you need more coolant, add the proper DEX-COOLR and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank. enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.

6-24
 yellowblue

Power Steering Fluid How To Check Power Steering Fluid

When the engine compartment is cool, wipe the cap and
the top of the reservoir clean, then unscrew the cap and
wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be at the FULL COLD mark. If
necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level up to
the mark.
To prevent contamination of brake fluid, never check or
fill the power steering reservoir with the brake master
cylinder cover off.

When to Check Power Steering Fluid

It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.

6-25
 yellowblue

What to Use Adding Washer Fluid

To determine what kind of fluid to use, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.

Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add

washer fluid until the tank is full.

6-26
 yellowblue

Brakes
NOTICE:
Brake Fluid
D When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
D Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other parts of the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
D Fill your washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank if it is
completely full.
D Don’t use engine coolant (antifreeze) in
your windshield washer. It can damage Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
your washer system and paint. with DOT-3 brake fluid.

6-27
 yellowblue

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when
reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid to check your brake fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance
goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake Inspections” in the Index.
lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is leaking out Checking Brake Fluid
of the brake system. If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off” your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.

CAUTION:
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on
the engine. The fluid will burn if the engine is You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap.
hot enough. You or others could be burned,
and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake Just look at the brake fluid reservoir. The fluid level
fluid only when work is done on the brake should be above MIN. If it isn’t, have your brake system
checked to see if there is a leak.
hydraulic system.

6-28
 yellowblue

After work is done on the brake hydraulic system,

make sure the level is above the MIN but not NOTICE:
over the MAX mark.
What to Add
D Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For example, just a few
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
fluid. Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” oil, in your brake system can damage brake
in the Index. Use new brake fluid from a sealed system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
container only.
replaced. Don’t let someone put in the
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area wrong kind of fluid.
around the cap before removing it. This will help keep D If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
dirt from entering the reservoir. painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake
fluid on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off
CAUTION: immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
the Index.
With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work well, or they
may not even work at all. This could cause a
crash. Always use the proper brake fluid.

6-29
 yellowblue

Brake Wear Some driving conditions or climates may cause a

brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or
Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes. lightly applied. This does not mean something is
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that wrong with your brakes.
make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help
pads are worn and new pads are needed. The sound prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect
may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in the
is moving (except when you are pushing on the brake proper sequence to GM specifications.
pedal firmly).
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, but
if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the
CAUTION: rear brake linings inspected immediately. Also, the rear
brake drums should be removed and inspected each time
the tires are removed for rotation or changing. When
The brake wear warning sound means that soon you have the front brake pads replaced, have the rear
your brakes won’t work well. That could lead to brakes inspected, too.
an accident. When you hear the brake wear
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
axle sets.
See “Brake System Inspection” in Section 7 of this
manual under Part C “Periodic Maintenance Inspections.”
NOTICE: Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
could result in costly brake repair. travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.

6-30
 yellowblue

Brake Adjustment Battery

Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes Your new vehicle comes with an ACDelco FreedomR
adjust for wear. battery. When it’s time for a new battery, we recommend
If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal, your an ACDelco Freedom battery. Get one that has the
rear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by replacement number shown on the original battery’s label.
backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times. If you have a diesel engine, you have two batteries. The
primary battery is located on the passenger’s side of the
Replacing Brake System Parts engine compartment. The second battery is located on
The braking system on a vehicle is complex. Its many the driver’s side framerail.
parts have to be of top quality and work well together if
the vehicle is to have really good braking. Your vehicle Vehicle Storage
was designed and tested with top-quality GM brake If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days
parts. When you replace parts of your braking or more, remove the black, negative (-) cable from
system -- for example, when your brake linings wear the battery. This will help keep your battery from
down and you have to have new ones put in -- be sure running down.
you get new approved GM replacement parts. If you
don’t, your brakes may no longer work properly. For
example, if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong
for your vehicle, the balance between your front and
rear brakes can change -- for the worse. The braking
performance you’ve come to expect can change in many
other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement
brake parts.

6-31
 yellowblue

Bulb Replacement
CAUTION: For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this
section, contact your GM dealer service department.
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas Before replacing any bulbs, make sure all lamps are off
that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you and the vehicle is not running. See “Replacement Bulbs”
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index in the Index.
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt. Halogen Bulbs

Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle CAUTION:

for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
Feature” in the Index. can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.

6-32
 yellowblue

Headlamps Composite Headlamps

You have either a sealed beam headlamp or a 1. Open the hood.
composite system. 2. Locate the rear side of each of the headlamps.
Sealed Beam Headlamp

3. Without removing the headlamp assembly itself,

remove the bulb assembly from the back of the
1. Remove the four screws from the headlamp retainer.
headlamp on the driver’s side by turning the bulb
Pull the retainer out and set it aside.
counterclockwise one quarter of a turn.
2. Unplug the lamp assembly from the connector.
4. On the passenger’s side, turn the bulb clockwise one
3. Install a new headlamp. quarter of a turn. Also, to remove the bulb on the
4. Reverse the previous steps to reinstall the headlamp. passenger’s side, you will need to move the battery.

6-33
 yellowblue

Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamps

To replace the front parking/turn signal lamps:

5. Install a new bulb. Do not handle the glass part of

the bulb.
6. Reverse the previous steps to reinstall the headlamp.
1. Remove the outer screws from the parking/turn
signal lamp lens assembly. (There are either two or
four screws, depending on your vehicle’s trim level.)

6-34
 yellowblue

2. Remove the lamp from the grille. 3. Squeeze the tab on the side of the bulb assembly
while turning it counterclockwise. Remove the bulb
assembly from the back of the lens and replace
the bulb.
Reverse Steps 2 and 3 to replace the bulb. Turn the
socket clockwise to replace it in the lens assembly.
replace the screws on the parking/turn signal
lamp assembly.

6-35
 yellowblue

Sidemarker Lamps

2. Unclip the bottom of the lamp from the grille.

1. Remove the screw from the top of the lens. 3. Remove the bulb by twisting it out of the socket.
Turn the bulb to remove it. Install the new bulb.
4. Reverse these steps to reinstall the lamp.

6-36
 yellowblue

Taillamps
1. Open the rear door.

3. Remove the nuts with a deep socket wrench.

2. Push the socket protector until you can see

the fasteners.

6-37
 yellowblue

5. Lift the lamp as you

rotate it toward the rear
of the vehicle.

4. Remove the hidden upper nuts.

6-38
 yellowblue

6. Squeeze the tab on the side of the sockets while 7. Turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it. Install
turning them counterclockwise to remove. the new bulb.
8. Reverse the above steps to reinstall the lamp.

6-39
 yellowblue

Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 2. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab.
Pull down on the blade assembly to release it from
the wiper arm hook.
3. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. The
insert has two notches at one end that are locked by
bottom claws of the blade assembly. At the notched
end, pull the insert from the blade assembly.
4. To install the new wiper insert, slide the notched end
last, into the end with two blade claws. Slide the
insert all the way through the blade claws at the
opposite end.
5. Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottom
claws. Make sure that all other claws are properly
locked on both sides of the insert slot.
6. Put the blade assembly pivot in the wiper arm hook.
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected at least Pull up until the pivot locking tab locks in the
twice a year for wear and cracking. See “Wiper Blade hook slot.
Check” in Section 7 of this manual under Part B “Owner 7. Carefully lower the wiper arm and blade assembly
Checks and Service” for more information. into the windshield.
Replacement blades come in different types and are
removed in different ways. To remove the type with a
release clip:
1. Lift the wiper arm until it locks into a
vertical position.

6-40
 yellowblue

Tires CAUTION: (Continued)

Your new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made by
a leading tire manufacturer. If you ever have questions D Underinflated tires pose the same danger
about your tire warranty and where to obtain service, see as overloaded tires. The resulting accident
your GM Warranty booklet for details. could cause serious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
CAUTION: when your tires are cold.
D Overinflated tires are more likely to be
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires cut, punctured or broken by a sudden
are dangerous. impact -- such as when you hit a pothole.
D Overloading your tires can cause overheating Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
as a result of too much friction. You could D Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If
have an air-out and a serious accident. See your tread is badly worn, or if your tires
“Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. have been damaged, replace them.
CAUTION: (Continued)

6-41
 yellowblue

Inflation -- Tire Pressure

NOTICE: (Continued)
The Certification/Tire label, which is on the rear edge of
the driver’s door, shows the correct inflation pressures If your tires have too much air (overinflation),
for your tires when they’re cold. “Cold” means your you can get the following:
vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven
no more than 1 mile (1.6 km). D Unusual wear
D Bad handling
D Rough ride
NOTICE: D Needless damage from road hazards.
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
When to Check
overinflation is all right. It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can Check your tires once a month or more. Also, check the
get the following: tire pressure of the spare tire.
D Too much flexing
D Too much heat
D Tire overloading
D Bad wear
D Bad handling
D Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)

6-42
 yellowblue

How to Check The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more

Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look Maintenance Services” in the Index for scheduled
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated. rotation intervals.

Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve

stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt
and moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate your tires as soon as possible and check
wheel alignment. Also check for damaged tires or
wheels. See “When It’s Time for New Tires” and
“Wheel Replacement” later in this section for more
information. If your vehicle has dual rear wheels,
also see “Dual Tire Operation” later in this section. If your vehicle has single rear wheels, always use one of
the correct rotation patterns shown here when rotating
your tires.

6-43
 yellowblue

CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which
it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be
If your vehicle has dual rear wheels, always use one of sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you
the correct rotation patterns shown here when rotating need to, to get all the rust or dirt off. (See
your tires. “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.)
When you install dual wheels, be sure the vent holes in
the inner and outer wheels on each side are lined up.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front
and rear inflation pressures as shown on the
Certification/Tire label. Make certain that all wheel
nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”
in the Index.

6-44
 yellowblue

When It’s Time for New Tires D The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
One way to tell when it’s D The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
time for new tires is to can’t be repaired well because of the size or location
check the treadwear of the damage.
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
Dual Tire Operation
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or When the vehicle is new, or whenever a wheel, wheel
less of tread remaining. bolt or wheel nut is replaced, check the wheel nut torque
Some commercial truck after 100, 1,000 and 6,000 miles (160, 1 600 and
tires may not have 10 000 km) of driving. For proper torque, see “Wheel
treadwear indicators. Nut Torque” in the Index.
The outer tire on a dual wheel setup generally wears
faster than the inner tire. Your tires will wear more
evenly and last longer if you rotate the tires periodically.
You need a new tire if any of the following statements If you’re going to be doing a lot of driving on
are true: high-crown roads, you can reduce tire wear by adding
D You can see the indicators at three or more places 5 psi (35 kPa) to the tire pressure in the outer tires. Be
around the tire. sure to return to the recommended pressures when no
longer driving under those conditions. See “Changing a
D You can see cord or fabric showing through the Flat Tire” in the Index for more information.
tire’s rubber.
D The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.

6-45
 yellowblue

If you ever replace your tires with those not having a

CAUTION: TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
If you operate your vehicle with a tire that is
badly underinflated, the tire can overheat. An
overheated tire can lose air suddenly or catch CAUTION:
fire. You or others could be injured. Be sure all
tires (including the spare) are properly inflated. Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
Buying New Tires (radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not
handle properly, and you could have a crash.
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at Using tires of different sizes may also cause
the Certification/Tire label. damage to your vehicle. Be sure to use the same
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had size and type tires on all wheels.
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service
on your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).

6-46
 yellowblue

While the tires available on General Motors passenger

CAUTION: cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
If you use bias-ply tires on your vehicle, the Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after
many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could Treadwear
fail suddenly, causing a crash. Use only radial-ply The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
tires with the wheels on your vehicle. the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a
Uniform Tire Quality Grading half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course
The following information relates to the system as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires
developed by the United States National Highway depends upon the actual conditions of their use,
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by however, and may depart significantly from the norm
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. due to variations in driving habits, service practices
(This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) and differences in road characteristics and climate.
The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most
passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.

6-47
 yellowblue

Traction -- AA, A, B, C under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop performance on the laboratory test wheel than the
on wet pavement as measured under controlled minimum required by law.
conditions on specified government test surfaces of Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor established for a tire that is properly inflated and
traction performance. Warning: The traction grade not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
traction tests, and does not include acceleration, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Temperature -- A, B, C The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of and best overall performance.
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory not needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road,
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
performance which all passenger car tires must meet

6-48
 yellowblue

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted CAUTION:
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your dangerous. It could affect the braking and
dealer if any of these conditions exist.
handling of your vehicle, make your tires lose
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need. air and make you lose control. You could have
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying a collision in which you or others could be
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the injured. Always use the correct wheel, wheel
same way as the one it replaces. bolts and wheel nuts for replacement.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle. NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and chassis.

6-49
 yellowblue

Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt or wheel nut is replaced Tire Chains

on a dual wheel setup, check the wheel nut torque after
100, 1,000 and 6,000 miles (160, 1 600 and 10 000 km)
of driving. For proper torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque” NOTICE:
in the Index.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for Use tire chains only where legal and only when you
more information. must. Use chains that are the proper size for your
tires. Install them on the tires of the rear axle.
Used Replacement Wheels
Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends
securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear the
CAUTION: chains contacting your vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues, slow down until it
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or chains on will damage your vehicle.
how far it’s been driven. It could fail suddenly
and cause an accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel. Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
vehicle, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings
and instructions. And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.

6-50
 yellowblue

Never use these to clean your vehicle: Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
D Gasoline Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
D Benzene dirt. Wipe vinyl, leather, plastic and painted surfaces with a
clean, damp cloth.
D Naphtha
D Carbon Tetrachloride Cleaning of Fabric and Carpet
D Acetone Your dealer has two cleaners, Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner
and Capture Non-Solvent Dry Spot and Soil Remover for
D Paint Thinner cleaning fabric and carpet. They will clean normal spots and
D Turpentine stains very well. You can get GM-approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
D Lacquer Thinner Materials” in the Index.)
D Nail Polish Remover Here are some cleaning tips:
They can all be hazardous -- some more than D Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
D Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle: D Carefully scrape off any excess stain.
D Alcohol D Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area
often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
D Laundry Soap
D If a ring forms on fabric after spot cleaning, clean the
D Bleach entire area immediately or it will set.
D Reducing Agents

6-51
 yellowblue

Using Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner Special Fabric Cleaning Problems

on Fabric Stains caused by such things as catsup, coffee (black),
1. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt. egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft drinks, vomit, urine and
blood can be removed as follows:
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines. 1. Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
3. Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on
the container label to form thick suds. 2. If a stain remains, follow the multi-purpose interior
cleaner instructions described earlier.
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don’t
saturate the material and don’t rub it roughly. 3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a water/baking soda solution:
5. As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
to remove the suds. of lukewarm water.
6. Wipe cleaned area with a clean, damp towel or cloth. 4. Let dry.
7. Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry. Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2. First, clean with cool water and allow to
dry completely.
3. If a stain remains, follow instructions for
Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner.

6-52
 yellowblue

Fabric Protection Cleaning Leather

Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has been Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or
treated with Scotchgardt Fabric Protector, a 3M saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then, let the
product. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water, leather dry naturally. Do not use heat to dry.
which are the carriers of most stains. Even with this D For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner. See your
protection, you still need to clean your upholstery and dealer for this product.
carpet often to keep it looking new.
D Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
Further information on cleaning is available by calling cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
D Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned
Cleaning Vinyl immediately. If dirt is allowed to work into the
Use warm water and a clean cloth. finish, it can harm the leather.
D Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
may have to do it more than once. Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
D Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
if you don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
cloth and a vinyl/leather cleaner. See your dealer and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
for this product. under certain conditions.
Cleaning Interior Plastic Components
Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft
cloth or sponge. Commercial cleaners may affect the
surface finish.

6-53
 yellowblue

Care of Safety Belts Cleaning the Outside of the

Keep belts clean and dry. Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax,
CAUTION: sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM Windshield
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it Cleaner, Bon AmiR Powder (non-scratching glass
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they cleaning powder), GM Part No. 1050011. The windshield
might not be able to provide adequate protection. is clean if beads do not form when you rinse it with water.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades
lukewarm water. and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping
vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength windshield
washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner or a replace blades that look worn.
liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal
tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass. Weatherstrips
(See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.)
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear application may be required. (See “Recommended
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged. Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.

6-54
 yellowblue

Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses

The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth Use lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a car
of color, gloss retention and durability. washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses. Follow
instructions under “Washing Your Vehicle.”
Washing Your Vehicle
Finish Care
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
cold water. hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun. from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”
Use a car washing soap. Don’t use strong soaps or in the Index.)
chemical detergents. Be sure to rinse the vehicle well,
removing all soap residue completely. You can get Your vehicle may have a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint
GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. (See finish. The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the
“Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.) Don’t colored basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that
use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or that are non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents should be paint finish.
flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface,
or they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface NOTICE:
scratches and water spotting.
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may dull the
your vehicle.
finish or leave swirl marks.

6-55
 yellowblue

Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other Cleaning Aluminum Wheels
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can (If Equipped)
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. may then be applied.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners, cleaners
new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because
whenever possible. you could damage the surface. Do not use chrome polish
on any wheels other than chrome-plated wheels.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash
Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
their luster. Washing with water is all that is usually brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
needed. However, you may use chrome polish on
chrome or stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use special care with aluminum trim. To avoid
damaging protective trim, never use auto or chrome
polish, steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. A
coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, is recommended
for all bright metal parts.

6-56
 yellowblue

Cleaning Tires Sheet Metal Damage

To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner. If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
NOTICE: replaced to restore corrosion protection.

When applying a tire dressing always take care to Finish Damage

wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle. should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
finish and tires. Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.

6-57
 yellowblue

Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting

Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create
control can collect on the underbody. If these are not a chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This
underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan damage can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
and exhaust system even though they have discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
corrosion protection. the paint surface.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the Although no defect in the paint job causes this, GM
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed. 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do whichever occurs first.
this for you. This applies only to materials manufactured and sold by
General Motors. Bodies, body conversions or equipment
not made or sold by General Motors are not covered.

6-58
 yellowblue

GM Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials

PART NUMBER SIZE DESCRIPTION USAGE
994954 23 in. x 25 in. Polishing Cloth – Wax Treated Exterior polishing cloth
1050172 16 oz. (0.473 L) Tar and Road Oil Remover Removes tar, road oil and asphalt
1050173 16 oz. (0.473 L) Chrome Cleaner and Polish Use on chrome, stainless steel, nickel, copper and brass
1050174 16 oz. (0.473 L) White Sidewall Tire Cleaner Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls
1050214 32 oz. (0.946 L) Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl tops, upholstery and convertible tops
1050427 23 oz. (0.680 L) Glass Cleaner Removes dirt, grime, smoke and fingerprints
1052918** 8 oz. (0.237 L) Armor All t Protectant t
Protects leather, wood, acrylics, Plexiglas , plastic,
rubber and vinyl
Multi-Purpose Interior Cleans carpets, seats, interior trim, door panels
1052925 16 oz. (0.473 L)
Cleaner and floor mats
1052929 16 oz. (0.473 L) Wheel Cleaner Spray on and rinse with water
1052930 8 oz. (0.237 L) Capture Dry Spot Remover Attracts, absorbs and removes soils on fabric
12345721 2.5 sq. ft. Synthetic Chamois Shines vehicle without scratching
12345725 12 oz. (0.354 L) Silicone Tire Shine Spray on tire shine
12377964* 16 oz. (0.473 L) Finish Enhancer Removes dust, fingerprints and surface contaminants
12377966* 16 oz. (0.473 L) Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and oxidation and protects finish
12377984* 16 oz. (0.473 L) Surface Cleaner Removes contaminants, blemishes and swirl marks
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products. * For exterior use only.
See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. ** Not recommended for use on instrument panels.

6-59
 yellowblue

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Service Parts Identification Label

You’ll find this label on the rear edge of the front
passenger door. It’s very helpful if you ever need to
order parts. On this label is:
D your VIN,
D the model designation,
D paint information and
D a list of all production options and
This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. It appears on special equipment.
a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the
driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.

6-60
 yellowblue

Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker in
Add-On Electrical Equipment the lamp switch. An electrical overload will cause the
lamps to flicker on and off, or in some cases to remain
NOTICE: off. If this happens, have your headlamp wiring checked
right away.
Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle Windshield Wiper Fuses
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools.
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment Although the circuit is protected from electrical
can keep other components from working as overload, overload due to heavy snow, etc., may cause
they should. wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the the windshield before using the windshield
wipers. If the overload is caused by some electrical
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to problem and not snow, etc., be sure to get it fixed.
add anything electrical to your vehicle, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.

6-61
 yellowblue

Instrument Panel Fuse Block Be sure to use the correct fuse. If you ever have a
problem on the road and don’t have a spare fuse,
The fuse block access door you can borrow one of the correct value. Just pick
is on the driver’s side of the some feature of your vehicle that you can get along
instrument panel above the without -- like the radio or cigarette lighter -- and use
hood release lever. its fuse, if it is of the value you need. Replace it as
You can remove the cover soon as you can.
by turning the fastener
counterclockwise.

You can remove fuses with a fuse extractor. The fuse

extractor is mounted to the fuse block access door.
To remove fuses if you don’t have a fuse extractor, hold
the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger
and pull straight out.

6-62
 yellowblue

POSITION NAME CIRCUITS PROTECTED

1. STOP Stop/CHMSL, Stoplamps
2. HTD MIR Electric Heated Mirrors
3. CTSY Courtesy Lamps, Dome/RDG Lamps, Vanity Mirrors, Power Mirrors
4. GAUGES IP Cluster, DRL Relay, DRL Module, HDLP Switch, Keyless Entry
Illumination, Low Coolant Module, CHIME Module, DRAB Module
5. HAZARD Hazard Lamps/CHIME Module
6. CRUISE Cruise Control
7. PWR AUX Auxiliary Power Outlet, DLC
8. CRANK --
9. PARK LPS License Plate Lamp, Parking Lamps, Taillamps, Front Sidemarkers, Glove
Box Ashtray
10. AIR BAGS Air Bags
11. WIPER Wiper Motor, Washer Pump
12. HTR-A/C A/C, A/C Blower, High Blower Relay, HTD Mirror
13. CIG LTR Cigarette Lighter
14. ILLUM IP Cluster, HVAC Controls, RR HVAC Controls, IP Switches, Radio
Illumination, Door Switch Illumination

6-63
 yellowblue

POSITION NAME CIRCUITS PROTECTED

15. DRL DRL Relay
16. TURN B/U Front Turn, RR Turn, Back-up Lamps, BTSI Solenoid
17. RADIO-1 Radio (Ign, Accy), Upfitter Provision Relay
18. BRAKE 4WAL PCM, ABS, Cruise Control
19. RADIO-B Radio (Battery), Power Antenna
20. TRANS PRNDL, Automatic Transmission
21. SECURITY Passlock
22. RR DEFOG Rear Window Defog
23. Not Used --
24. RR HVAC RR HVAC Controls, HIGH, MED, LOW Relays
A. PWR ACCY Power Door Lock, Six-Way Power Seat, Keyless Entry
Illumination Module
B. PWR WDO Power Windows

Fuse amperage levels are imprinted on the fuse panel under the dash.

6-64
 yellowblue

Engine Compartment Fuse Relay Center NAME CIRCUITS PROTECTED

The fuse block is on the driver’s side of the engine IGN B Ignition Switch
compartment at the rear.
IGN A Starter Relay, Ignition Switch
BATT Instrument Panel Fuse Block
LIGHTING Instrument Panel Fuse Block,
Headlamp Switch
RR BLOWER Rear Auxiliary Blower Motor Relays
ENG-I Heated O2 Sensors, Mass Air Flow
Sensor, EGR Valve Solenoid, Evap
Canister Purge Valve, Crankshaft
Position Sensor, Secondary Air
Injection Relay (Diesel), Water in
Fuel Sensor (Diesel), Fuel Heater
(Diesel), Glowplug Relay (Diesel),
Wastegate Solenoid (Diesel)
A/C Air Conditioning Clutch Relay
SPARE Spare Fuses
NAME CIRCUITS PROTECTED AUX A Upfitter Provisions
BLOWER Front Blower Motor
AUX B Upfitter Provisions
ABS Electronic Brake Control Module
RH-HDLP Right-hand Headlamp (Export only)

6-65
 yellowblue

NAME CIRCUITS PROTECTED Replacement Bulbs

RH-HIBM Right-hand High-beam Headlamp LAMP OR BULB QTY NUMBER
(Export only) Sealed Beam Headlamps 2 H6054
ECM-I Ignition Coil, Camshaft Position Composite Low-Beam 2 6052
Sensor, VCM, Fuel Injectors, Headlamps
Coil Driver Composite High-Beam 2 9005
HORN Horn Relay, Underhood Lamp(s) Headlamps
Front Sidemarker Lamp 2 194
LH-HDLP Left-hand Headlamp (Export only)
Front Parking and Turn Lamp 4 2357NA
LH-HIBM Left-hand High-beam Headlamp
(Export only) Rear Parking Lamp 2 3057
Rear Stop and Turn Lamp 2 3057
FUEL SOL PCM, Fuel Solenoid Driver, Engine
Shutoff Solenoid Back-up Lamp 2 3156
IGN-E Air Conditioning Clutch Relay Back-up Lamp 2 1156
Rear Parking, Stop, and 2 1157
ECM-B Fuel Pump Relay, VCM, PCM, Fuel Turn Lamp
Pump and Engine Oil Pressure
Switch CHMSL 2 921
License Plate Lamp 1 194
Underhood Lamp 1 232
Reel Lamp 1 232
Reading Lamps 6 211-2
Sunshade Vanity Mirror 4 74

6-66
 yellowblue

Capacities and Specifications

Replacement Parts
Replacement part numbers listed in this section are based on the latest information available at the time of printing,
and are subject to change. If a part listed in this manual is not the same as the part used in your vehicle when it was
built, or if you have any questions, please contact your GM dealer.
These specifications are for information only. If you have any questions, see the service manual for the chassis or
refer to the body manufacturer’s publications.
Engine Identification -- Gasoline Engines
Engine “VORTEC” 4300 “VORTEC” 5000 “VORTEC” 5700 “VORTEC” 7400
Type V6 V8 V8 V8
VIN Code W M R J
Fuel System CSFI1 CSFI1 CSFI1 SFI2
1Central Sequential Fuel Injection
2Sequential Fuel Injection

Wheel Nut Torque

MODEL TORQUE
All 140 lb-ft (190 N·m)

6-67
 yellowblue

Cooling System Capacity (Approximate)

ENGINE VIN QTY Without Rear Heater QTY With Rear Heater
“VORTEC”4300 V6 W 11 Quarts (10.4 L) 14 Quarts (13.2 L)
“VORTEC”5000 V8 M 17 Quarts (16 L) 20 Quarts (18.9 L)
“VORTEC”5700 V8 R 17 Quarts (16 L) 20 Quarts (18.9 L)
“VORTEC”7400 V8 J 23 Quarts (21.8 L) 26 Quarts (24.6 L)

After refill, the level MUST be checked as outlined under “Engine Cooling System” in Section 5.
Crankcase Capacity (Approximate)
ENGINE VIN Quantity With Filter
“VORTEC”4300 V6 W 4.5 Quarts (4.3 L)
“VORTEC”5000 V8 M 5 Quarts (4.8 L)
“VORTEC”5700 V8 R 5 Quarts (4.8 L)
“VORTEC”7400 V8 J 6.6 Quarts (6.24 L)

After refill, the level MUST be rechecked. Add enough engine oil so that the fluid is within the proper operating
range. See “Engine Oil” in the Index.
*Add one additional quart for RPO 5Z1 and RPO KL5 Models.

6-68
 yellowblue

Fuel Tank Capacity (Approximate)

TYPE QUANTITY MODEL TYPE
Standard Tank 31 Gallons (117.33 L) Passenger and Cargo
Standard Tank 33 Gallons (124.90 L) Cab and Chassis
Optional Tank* 55 Gallons (208.18 L) Cab and Chassis

** 159”, 177” Wheelbase Vehicles Only.

6-69
 yellowblue

Air Conditioning Refrigerants Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity

Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs NOTICE:
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your dealer.
R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12
refrigerant in an air conditioning system. R-12 in
an R-134a system will cause compressor failure,
refrigerant oil sludge, or poor air conditioning
system performance.

TYPE QTY Front Only QTY Front

and Rear
Refrigerant 3.00 lbs. (1.36 kg) 4.5 lbs. (2.04 kg)
R-134a

6-70
 yellowblue

Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts

Engine “VORTEC”4300 “VORTEC”5000 “VORTEC”5700 “VORTEC”7400
V6 V8 V8 V8
VIN W M R J
Oil Filter PF52 PF1218 PF1218 PF1218
Air Cleaner Filter * A917C A917C A917C A917C
PCV Valve CV769C CV769C CV769C CV774C
Spark Plugs 41-932 41-932 41-932 41-932
Fuel Filter GF481 GF481 GF481 GF481
Radiator Cap RC36 RC36 RC36 RC36

* Replace with AC Air Filter, Part No. A917C and for severe dusty conditions, use AC Air Filter, Part No. 1236C.

6-71
 yellowblue

✍ NOTES

6-72
 yellowblue

Section 7 Maintenance Schedule

This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.

7-2 Introduction 7-8 Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance

7-4 Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services 7-27 Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
7-5 Short Trip/City Definition -- Gasoline Engines 7-38 Part B: Owner Checks and Services
7-5 Short Trip/City Intervals -- Gasoline Engines 7-42 Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
7-6 Long Trip/Highway Definition -- Gasoline 7-43 Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Engines 7-45 Part E: Maintenance Record
7-7 Long Trip/Highway Intervals -- Gasoline
Engines

7-
7-1
 yellowblue

Introduction
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.

Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan

supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet, or your dealer
for details.

7-2
 yellowblue

How This Section is Organized “Part B: Owner Checks and Services” tells
you what should be checked and when. It also explains
This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts: what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows good condition.
what to have done and how often. Some of these “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections” explains
services can be complex, so unless you are technically important inspections that your dealer’s service
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should department or another qualified service center
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified should perform.
service center do these jobs.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists
some recommended products to help keep your vehicle
CAUTION: properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs, you can “Part E: Maintenance Record” provides a place for
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
work only if you have the required know-how
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
and the proper tools and equipment for the job. determine when your next maintenance should be done.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
technician do the work. receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information. See “Service and Owner Publications” in
the Index.

7-3
 yellowblue

Part A: Scheduled Maintenance The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D.
Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. All
Services parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done
Using Your Maintenance Schedule before you or anyone else drives the vehicle.

We at General Motors want to help you keep your These schedules are for vehicles that:
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know D carry passengers and cargo within recommended
exactly how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive Certification/Tire label. See “Loading Your Vehicle”
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather. in the Index.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or you D are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
may drive it to work, to do errands or in many driving limits.
other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their
D use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may need more Selecting the Right Schedule
frequent checks and replacements. So please read the
following and note how you drive. If you have any First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
questions on how to keep your vehicle in good right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
condition, see your dealer. schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance services you should Gasoline engine vehicles and diesel engine vehicles
have done and when you should schedule them. If you have different maintenance requirements. If you have a
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know diesel engine, follow a schedule designated for diesel
that GM-trained and supported service people will engine vehicles only.
perform the work using genuine GM parts. See the Diesel Engine Supplement for diesel engine
maintenance schedules.

7-4
 yellowblue

Scheduled Maintenance
Short Trip/City Definition -- Gasoline Engines Short Trip/City Intervals -- Gasoline Engines

Follow the Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance if Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
any one of these conditions is true for your vehicle: Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Chassis
D Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Lubrication (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Drive
This is particularly important when outside Axle Service (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
temperatures are below freezing. Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation.
D Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
driving in stop-and-go traffic). Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions. Noise
D Most trips are through dusty areas. Shields Inspection (GVWR above 10,000 lbs. only).
Front Wheel Bearing Repack (or at each brake
D You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of relining, whichever occurs first).
your vehicle.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
D If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi Replacement. Fuel Filter Replacement.
or other commercial application.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic
One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if Transmission Service (vehicles over 8600 GVWR or
you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions driven under severe conditions only).
is that these conditions cause engine oil to break
down sooner. Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines
Inspection. Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
Inspection. Evaporative Control System Inspection.

7-5
 yellowblue

Scheduled Maintenance
Short Trip/City Intervals -- Gasoline Engines Long Trip/Highway Definition -- Gasoline Engines

Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug Wire Follow this scheduled maintenance only if none of the
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Automatic conditions from the Short Trip/City Scheduled
Transmission Service (normal conditions). Positive Maintenance is true. Do not use this schedule if the
Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection. vehicle is used for trailer towing, driven in a dusty area
Every 150,000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling System or used off paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first). schedule for these conditions.

These intervals only summarize maintenance services. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance highway conditions causes engine oil to break
on the following pages. down slower.

7-6
 yellowblue

Scheduled Maintenance
Long Trip/Highway Intervals -- Gasoline Engines Long Trip/Highway Intervals -- Gasoline Engines

Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first). Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines
Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever Inspection. Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
occurs first). Drive Axle Service. Tire Rotation. Inspection. Evaporative Control System Inspection.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Noise Shields Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug Wire
Inspection (GVWR above 10,000 lbs. only). Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Automatic
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Fuel Filter Transmission Service (normal conditions). Positive
Replacement. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Front Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.
Wheel Bearing Repack (or at each brake relining, Every 150,000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling System
whichever occurs first). Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Transmission Service (vehicles over 8600 GVWR or Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance
driven under severe conditions only). on the following pages.

7-7
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles # Lubricate the front suspension, kingpin bushings,
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles steering linkage and rear driveline center splines.
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The services shown + A good time to check your brakes is during tire
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
the same interval after 150,000 miles (240 000 km). Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic ** Drive axle service (see “Recommended Fluids and
Maintenance Inspections” following. Lubricants” in the Index for proper lubricant to use):
Footnotes D Check fluid level and add fluid as needed. If driving
[ The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the in dusty areas or when towing a trailer; drain fluid
California Air Resources Board has determined that the and refill every 15,000 (25 000 km).
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify D If your vehicle has a locking differential, drain fluid
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the and refill at first engine oil change.
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however, D More frequent lubrication may be required for
urge that all recommended maintenance services be heavy-duty use.
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.

7-8
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
7-9
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions.
Replace filter if necessary. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
7-10
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
(Continued)

7-11
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

24,000 Miles (40 000 km) (Continued)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)

7-12
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Replace air cleaner filter.

An Emission Control Service.
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
(Continued)
7-13
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

36,000 Miles (60 000 km) (Continued)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
39,000 Miles (65 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)

7-14
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
48,000 Miles (80 000 km) DATE
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).

(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
7-15
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
j Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle’s GVWR is over
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
8600 lbs. or if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of
these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90_F (32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– When doing frequent trailer towing.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change the fluid
and filter at 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
51,000 Miles (85 000 km) DATE
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).

(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
54,000 Miles (90 000 km) DATE
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

7-16
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).

(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
(Continued)

7-17
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Conduct Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system inspection as described in
the service manual.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Conduct evaporative control system inspection. Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up, routing and condition. Check that the purge
valve works properly (if equipped). Replace as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
7-18
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)

7-19
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
7-20
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles
sold in the United States.
78,000 Miles (130 000 km) DATE
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).

(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)

7-21
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
7-22
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.

7-23
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
7-24
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
j Inspect spark plug wires.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
j Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle’s GVWR is over
8600 lbs. or if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of
these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90_F
(32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– When doing frequent trailer towing.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
j If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed
previously and, therefore, haven’t changed your automatic transmission fluid,
change both the fluid and filter.
j Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve.
An Emission Control Service.

7-25
 yellowblue

Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

150,000 Miles (240 000 km)
j Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 60 months since last service,
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
whichever occurs first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test
cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.

7-26
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles # Lubricate the front suspension, kingpin bushings,
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles steering linkage and rear driveline center splines.
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The services shown + A good time to check your brakes is during tire
at 150,000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
the same interval after 150,000 miles (240 000 km). Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic ** Drive axle service (see “Recommended Fluids and
Maintenance Inspections” following. Lubricants” in the Index for proper lubricant to use):
Footnotes D Check fluid level and add fluid as needed.
[ The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the D If your vehicle has a locking differential, drain fluid
California Air Resources Board has determined that the and refill at first engine oil change.
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.

7-27
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)

7-28
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
(Continued)

7-29
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

30,000 Miles (50 000 km) (Continued)
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
7-30
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
j Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle’s GVWR is over
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
8600 lbs. or if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of
these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90_F (32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– When doing frequent trailer towing.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change the fluid
and filter at 100,000 miles (166 000 km).

7-31
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.

7-32
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Replace fuel filter.

An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system as described in the service
manual. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Inspect Evaporative Control System. Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses
for proper hook-up, routing and condition. Check that the purge valve works
properly, if equipped. Replace as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
67,500 Miles (112 500 km) DATE
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE

(Continued)

7-33
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

67,500 Miles (112 500 km) (Continued)
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)

7-34
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Clean and repack the front wheel bearings (or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first).
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)

7-35
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
j Vehicles With GVWR Above 10,000 lbs. Only: Inspect shields for damage or
looseness. Adjust or replace as required.
This is a Noise Emission Control Service. Applicable only to vehicles sold in
the United States.
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Check axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote **.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
j Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission Control Service.
DATE
ACTUAL
j Replace spark plugs. An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE SERVICED BY:

7-36
 yellowblue

Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance -- Gasoline Engines

j Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle’s GVWR is over
8600 lbs. or if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of
these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90_F (32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– When doing frequent trailer towing.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
j If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed
previously and, therefore, haven’t changed your automatic transmission fluid,
change both the fluid and filter.
j Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve.
An Emission Control Service.
150,000 Miles (240 000 km) DATE
j Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 60 months since last service, ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
whichever occurs first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. MILEAGE
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test
the cooling system and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service.

7-37
 yellowblue

Part B: Owner Checks and Services Engine Coolant Level Check

Listed in this part are owner checks and services which Check the engine coolant level and add DEX-COOLR
should be performed at the intervals specified to help coolant mixture if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control the Index for further details.
performance of your vehicle.
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
in Part D. necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
At the First 100, 1,000 and 6,000 Miles
At Least Once a Month
(160, 1 600 and 10 000 km)
For vehicles with dual wheels, check dual wheel nut Tire Inflation Check
torque. For proper torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque” in Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures.
the Index. See “Tires” in the Index for further details.
At Each Fuel Fill Cassette Deck Service
It is important for you or a service station attendant to Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill. 50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the
Index for further details.
Engine Oil Level Check
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.

7-38
 yellowblue

At Least Twice a Year Automatic Transmission Check

Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. See
Restraint System Check
“Automatic Transmission Fluid” in the Index. A fluid
Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your loss may indicate a problem. Check the system and
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are repair if needed.
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you see anything that might At Least Once a Year
keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced. Key Lock Cylinders Service
Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings, Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
and have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system specified in Part D.
does not need regular maintenance.)
Body Lubrication Service
Wiper Blade Check Lubricate all hood hinges, hood prop rod pivot, fuel
Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking. Replace blade filler door, rear compartment hinges, latches, locks,
inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or hood latch assembly, secondary latch, pivots, spring
miss areas of the windshield. Also see “Wiper Blades, anchor, release pawl and any moving seat hardware.
Cleaning” in the Index. Part D tells you what to use. More frequent
lubrication may be required when exposed to a
Weatherstrip Lubrication corrosive environment.
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth. During very cold,
damp weather more frequent application may be
required. (See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in
the Index.)

7-39
 yellowblue

Starter Switch Check Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check

CAUTION: CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below. injured. Follow the steps below.

1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room 1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking level surface.
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the 2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
regular brake. in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The starter 3. With the engine off, turn the key to the RUN
should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). position, but don’t start the engine. Without applying
If the starter works in any other position, your the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of
vehicle needs service. PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
needs service.

7-40
 yellowblue

Ignition Transmission Lock Check Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position. parking brake.

D The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift D To check the parking brake’s holding ability:
lever is in PARK (P). With the engine running and transmission in
NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot pressure from
D The key should come out only in LOCK. the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission
PARK (P) Mechanism Check D To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
CAUTION: Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
When you are doing this check, your vehicle corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
could begin to move. You or others could be clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
injured and property could be damaged. Make can collect.
sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.

7-41
 yellowblue

Part C: Periodic Maintenance Engine Cooling System Inspection

Inspections Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes, fittings
Listed in this part are inspections and services which and clamps; replace as needed. Clean the outside of the
should be performed at least twice a year (for instance, radiator and air conditioning condenser. To help ensure
each spring and fall). You should let your dealer’s proper operation, a pressure test of the cooling system and
service department or other qualified service center do pressure cap is recommended at least once a year.
these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are
completed at once. Throttle System Inspection
Proper procedures to perform these services may be Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding, and for
found in a service manual. See “Service and Owner damaged or missing parts. Replace parts as needed. Replace
Publications” in the Index. any components that have high effort or excessive wear. Do
not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables.
Steering and Suspension Inspection
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering Rear Axle Service
system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs of Check the gear lubricant level in the rear axle and add if
wear or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering needed. See “Rear Axle” in the Index. A fluid loss may
lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, indicate a problem. Check the axle and repair it if needed.
cracks, chafing, etc.
Brake System Inspection
Exhaust System Inspection Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams, for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
holes, loose connections or other conditions which could for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust” in Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
the Index. your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
or conditions result in frequent braking.
7-42
 yellowblue

Part D: Recommended Fluids USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT

Delco Supreme 11R Brake Fluid
and Lubricants Hydraulic Brake
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, System (GM Part No. 12377967 or
part number or specification may be obtained from equivalent DOT-3 Brake Fluid).
GM OptikleenR Washer Solvent
your dealer.
Windshield
USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 1051515)
or equivalent.
Engine Oil Engine Oil with the American
(Gasoline Petroleum Institute Certified For Parking Brake Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
Engine) Gasoline Engines “Starburst” Cable Guides No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
symbol of the proper viscosity. To lubricant meeting requirements of
determine the preferred viscosity NLGI # 2, Category LB
for your vehicle’s engine, see or GC-LB.
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable System (GM Part No. 1052884 - 1 pint,
water and use only GM 1050017 - 1 quart, or equivalent).
GoodwrenchR DEX-COOLR or DEXRONR-III Automatic
HavolineR DEX-COOLR
Automatic
Transmission Transmission Fluid.
Coolant. See “Engine Coolant” in
the Index. Key Lock Multi-Purpose Lubricant,
Cylinders SuperlubeR (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).

7-43
 yellowblue

USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT

Chassis Chassis Lubricant (GM Part One-Piece Spline Lubricant, Special
Lubrication No. 12377985 or equivalent) or Propshaft Spline Lubricant (GM Part
lubricant meeting requirements of No. 12345879) or lubricant
NLGI # 2, Category LB or meeting requirements of
GC-LB. GM 9985830.
Front Wheel Wheel Bearing Lubricant meeting Hood Latch LubriplateR Lubricant Aerosol
Bearings requirements of NLGI # 2, Assembly, (GM Part No. 12346293 or
Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part Secondary Latch, equivalent) or lubricant meeting
No. 1051344 or equivalent). Pivots, Spring requirements of NLGI # 2,
Anchor and Category LB or GC-LB.
Differential, SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Release Pawl
Rear Axle Part No. 1052271 or equivalent).
Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant,
Propshaft Chassis Lubricant (GM Part SuperlubeR (GM Part
Splines and No. 12377985 or equivalent) or No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Universal Joints lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI # 2, Category LB or Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
GC-LB. Conditioning Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
Weatherstrip Synthetic Grease with Teflon,
Squeaks SuperlubeR (GM Part
No. 12371287 or equivalent).

7-44
 yellowblue

Part E: Maintenance Record

After the scheduled services are performed, record the Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
date, odometer reading and who performed the service the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval. maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
Any additional information from “Owner Checks and is a convenient place to store them.

Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-45
 yellowblue

Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
DATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-46
 yellowblue

Section 8 Customer Assistance Information

Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety defects.

8-2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8-9 Warranty Information

8-4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone 8-10 Reporting Safety Defects to the United
(TTY) Users States Government
8-4 Customer Assistance Offices 8-10 Reporting Safety Defects to the
8-5 GM Mobility Program for Persons Canadian Government
with Disabilities 8-11 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
8-6 Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program 8-11 Ordering Service and Owner Publications
8-7 Canadian Roadside Assistance in Canada
8-8 Courtesy Transportation

8-
8-1
 yellowblue

Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your
dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns with
the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will
be resolved by your dealer’s sales or service
departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can
occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your
satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member of
dealership management. Normally, concerns can be
quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already
been reviewed with the sales, service or parts manager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the
general manager.

8-2
 yellowblue

STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that your
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. That
resolved by the dealership without further help, contact is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have
the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by a concern.
calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM of Canada STEP THREE -- Both General Motors and your dealer
Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling are committed to making sure you are completely
1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). satisfied with your new vehicle. However, if you
We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order continue to remain unsatisfied after following the
to give your inquiry prompt attention. Please have the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you must file
following information available to give the Customer with the GM/BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any
Assistance Representative: additional rights you may have. Canadian owners
D Vehicle Identification Number (This is available refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate Information booklet for information on the Canadian
at the top left of the instrument panel and visible Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
through the windshield.)
D Dealership name and location
D Vehicle delivery date and present mileage

8-3
 yellowblue

The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program Customer Assistance for Text
administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to
settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the Telephone (TTY) Users
interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
Although you are required to resort to this informal dispute speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
resolution program prior to filing any court action, use of Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
the program is free of charge and your case will generally Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV (2438). (TTY
decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
with any other venue for relief available to you.
You may contact the BBB using the toll-free telephone
Customer Assistance Offices
number or write them at the following address: Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free
number for assistance. If a U.S. customer wishes to write
BBB Auto Line to Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to Chevrolet’s
Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc. Customer Assistance Center.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800 United States
Arlington, VA 22203-1804
Chevrolet Motor Division
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
This program is available in all 50 states and the District P.O. Box 7047
of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, Troy, MI 48007-7047
mileage and other factors. General Motors reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue 1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-CHEV-USAR (243-8872)
its participation in this program.

8-4
 yellowblue

Canada If toll free service is not available in the Caribbean,

General Motors of Canada Limited call Puerto Rico 1-787-763-1315.
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive GM Mobility Program for Persons
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 with Disabilities
1-800-263-3777 (English) This program, available to
1-800-263-7854 (French) qualified applicants, can
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) reimburse you up to $1,000
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 toward aftermarket driver or
passenger adaptive
All Overseas Locations equipment you may require
GMODC - Customer Communication Centre for your vehicle (hand
169-007 controls, wheelchair/scooter
1908 Colonel Sam Drive lifts, etc.).
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Telephone: 905-644-4112 This program can also provide you with free resource
Fax: 905-644-4866 information, such as area driver assessment centers and
mobility equipment installers. The program is available
Caribbean Numbers for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle
purchase/lease. See your dealer for more details or call
1-800-496-9992 (English) Puerto Rico
the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935.
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) Puerto Rico
1-800-751-4135 (English) Dominican Republic Text telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.
1-800-751-4136 (Spanish) Dominican Republic GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-496-9994 U.S. Virgin Islands 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for details. When
1-800-389-0009 Bahamas calling from outside Canada, please dial 1-905-644-3063.
1-800-534-0122 Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua & B.V.I. All TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
8-5
 yellowblue

Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program If your problem cannot be resolved over the
phone, our advisors have access to a nationwide network
of dealer recommended service providers. Roadside
membership is free; however some services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levels of service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy Care:
D Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA (243-8872)
D Free towing for warranty repairs
D Basic over-the-phone technical advice
D Available dealer services at reasonable costs (i.e.,
wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
ROADSIDE Courtesy Care PROVIDES:
D Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined previously)
Plus:
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitment to customer D FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the from a legal roadway)
establishment of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance D FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
Center. As the owner of a 1999 Chevrolet, membership on the road or locked inside)
in Roadside Assistance is free.
D FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA (243-8872). D FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
This toll-free number will provide you over-the-phone D FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
roadside assistance with minor mechanical problems. the road)
8-6
 yellowblue

Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation for customers For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will following available to give to the advisor:
be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by D Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
to eligible purchasers of 1999 Chevrolet passenger cars D License plate number
and light duty trucks. (Please see your selling dealer D Vehicle color
for details.)
D Vehicle location
Note: Courtesy Care is available to retail and retail lease
customers operating 1999 and newer Chevrolet vehicles D Telephone number where you can be reached
for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles (60 000 km), D Vehicle mileage
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer D Description of problem
service management. Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not part of or inside your owner information portfolio for full
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle program details.
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care Canadian Roadside Assistance
at any time. Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
For complete program details, see your Chevrolet dealer Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure. in Canada or the United States. Please refer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that 1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
will provide you with quality and priority service. When
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
any payment obligations that may be incurred for
utilizing outside services.

8-7
 yellowblue

Courtesy Transportation If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle
off for service, you are urged to do so as early in the
Chevrolet has always exemplified quality and value in work day as possible to allow for same day repair.
its offering of motor vehicles. To enhance your
ownership experience, we and our participating dealers Transportation Options
are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
support program for new vehicles. Warranty service can generally be completed while you
wait. However, if you are unable to wait Chevrolet helps
The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retail minimize your inconvenience by providing several
purchase/lease customers in conjunction with the transportation options. Depending on the circumstances,
Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New your dealer can offer you one of the following:
Vehicle Limited Warranty. Several transportation
options are available when warranty repairs are Shuttle Service
required. This will reduce your inconvenience during Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to
warranty repairs. get you to your destination with minimal interruption of
Plan Ahead When Possible your daily schedule. This includes a one way shuttle ride to a
destination up to 10 miles from the dealership.
When your vehicle requires warranty service, you
should contact your dealer and request an appointment. Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
By scheduling a service appointment and advising your If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs,
service consultant of your transportation needs, your reimbursement up to $30 per day (five days maximum)
dealer can help minimize your inconvenience. If it is may be available for the use of public transportation
determined that your vehicle cannot be scheduled into such as taxi or bus. In addition, should you arrange
the service department immediately and is still transportation through a friend or relative,
operative, you are encouraged to drive the vehicle until reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses up to
scheduling can be accomplished. $10 per day (five day maximum) may be available.
Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be
supported by original receipts.
8-8
 yellowblue

Courtesy Rental Vehicle Courtesy Transportation is available only at

When your vehicle is unavailable due to overnight participating dealers and all program options, such as
warranty repairs, your dealer may arrange to provide shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer.
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a Please contact your dealer for specific information about
rental vehicle you obtained, at actual cost, up to a availability. All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
maximum of $30.00 per day supported by receipts. This will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel.
requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement Canadian Vehicles: For warranty repairs during the
and meet state, local and rental vehicle provider Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General
requirements. Requirements vary and may include Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit alternative transportation may be available under the
card, etc. You are responsible for fuel usage charges and Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
may also be responsible for taxes, levies, usage fees, dealer for details.
excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify,
completion of the repair. change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time
Generally it is not possible to provide a like-vehicle as a and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the
courtesy rental. terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.
Additional Program Information General Motors and participating dealers reserve the right
to deny a rental vehicle to anyone not possessing a valid
Courtesy Transportation is available during the motor vehicle operators license in their name, anyone who
Bumper-to-Bumper warranty coverage period, is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or anyone
but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. whose mental or physical abilities are impaired so as to be
A separate booklet entitled “Warranty and Owner unable to operate a motor vehicle safely.
Assistance Information” furnished with each new
vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information. Warranty Information
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that contains detailed warranty information.

8-9
 yellowblue

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO

TO THE UNITED STATES THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
GOVERNMENT If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to Transport Canada
notifying General Motors. 330 Sparks Street
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an Tower C
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N5
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the hotline.

8-10
 yellowblue

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS Ordering Service and Owner

TO GENERAL MOTORS Publications in Canada
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) Service manuals, owner’s manuals and other service
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify literature are available for purchase for all current and
us. Please call us at 1-800-222-1020, or write: past model General Motors vehicles.
Chevrolet Motor Division The toll-free telephone number for ordering information
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

8-11
 yellowblue
1999 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out
the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)

CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1999 CHEVROLET

SERVICE MANUALS OWNER’S INFORMATION
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, intended to provide basic operational information about the
electrical, steering, body, etc. vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenance
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00 Schedule for all models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL Warranty Booklet.
This manual provides information on unit repair service RETAIL SELL PRICE: $20.00
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
1999 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $15.00
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $50.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
SERVICE BULLETINS Service Publications are available for current and past
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed model GM vehicles. To request an order form, please
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. specify year and model name of the vehicle.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.

PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ON OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123
THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO: Monday-Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
Helm, Incorporated S P.O. Box 07130 S Detroit, MI 48207 For Credit Card Orders Only (VISA–MasterCard–Discover)
8-12
 yellowblue
ORDER TOLL FREE Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow adequate time for postal
(NOTE: For Credit Card Holders Only) service. If further information is needed, write to the address shown below or call
1-800-551-4123 1-800-551-4123. Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return
(Monday-Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM EST) information within 30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
FAX Orders Only 1-313-865-5927 against the original order.
PUBLICATION FORM VEHICLE MODEL PRICE TOTAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.
NUMBER NAME YEAR EACH* PRICE
1
Service Manual 1999 $90.00
9 Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair 1999 $50.00
9
Owner’s Manual In Portfolio 1999 $20.00
9
Owner’s Manual Without Portfolio 1999 $15.00

G
M
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the Check or Money
TOTAL MATERIAL
name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent. Order payable to Michigan Purchasers
S Mail completed order form to:
HELM, INCORPORATED S P.O. Box 07130 S Detroit, MI 48207
P Helm, Inc. (USA funds
only — do not send cash.)
add 6% sales tax

$6.00
H
For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the above address for quotation.
A MasterCard
U.S. Order Processing
Canadian Postage

I Y VISA
(See Note Below)

GRAND TOTAL
P
(CUSTOMER’S NAME) (ATTENTION)
M Discover

(STREET ADDRESS—NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS)

E Account
Number:
T N Expiration Check here if your billing address
is different from your shipping
O (CITY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)
T
Date mo/yr: address shown.

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO.

( )
AREA CODE CUSTOMER SIGNATURE

GM-CHE-ORD99 *(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents
obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.) are to make checks payable in U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add $11.50 plus the
U.S. order processing. 8-13
 yellowblue

✍ NOTES

8-14
 yellowblue

Section 9 Index

A ccessory Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Automatic Transmission

Air Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32 Transmission Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Transmission Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Transmission Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27, 2-53 Axle
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31 Locking Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Air Conditioning Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70 Replacement, Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Alignment and Balance, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 5-5
Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56 BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Antenna, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Before Leaving on a Long Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Anti-Lock Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56, 4-7 Brake
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Appearance Care Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Pedal Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

9-
9-1
 yellowblue

Brake (Continued) Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58

System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
Transmission Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 Securing in the Center Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
Brakes, Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Securing in the Passenger Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49, 1-50
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
BTSI Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Cleaner, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Cleaning
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
C amper-Type Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67 Inside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . 2-13, 2-29, 2-33, 4-27, 4-33, 4-34 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Care of Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Cassette Deck Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10, 3-13 Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Center Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Certification/Tire Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Chains, Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Clock, Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17, 3-21
Check Gages Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Checking Transmission Fluid Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62 Convenience Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
9-2
 yellowblue

Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Driving

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Crankcase Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68 In a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 On Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
On Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
On Snow and Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Damage Through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Dual Tire Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Defects, Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-4 Electrical Equipment, Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3, 3-4 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Disabilities, GM Mobility Program for Persons with . . . . 8-5 Electronic Road Speed Governor (Gasoline Engines) . . . 2-52
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Door Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Storage Pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13, 2-29, 2-33, 4-27, 4-33, 4-34
Swing-Out Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Drive Position, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60, 6-67
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Oil Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

9-3
 yellowblue

Engine (Continued) Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Tank Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Gages
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Pressure Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
When to Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Exhaust, Engine . . . . . . . 2-13, 2-29, 2-33, 4-27, 4-33, 4-34 GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Exterior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Gear Positions, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
GM Mobility Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
GM Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
F abric Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Guide en Français . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Filter, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
First Gear, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 H alogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Foreign Countries, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . 6-34 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Front Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Hearing Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Heater/Air Conditioning Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Filling a Portable Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 High-Beam Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

9-4
 yellowblue

Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 K eyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Hitches, Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Hood
Checking Things Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Labels
Prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Certification/Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Tire-Loading Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Lamps
I gnition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Inflation, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-26
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Lights
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27, 2-53
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56, 4-7
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Throttle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Check Gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62 Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 2-52
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57, 2-60
Loading Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
J ack, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

9-5
 yellowblue

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Neutral, Automatic Transmission ................. 2-22

Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Ignition Transmission Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Night Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Rear Door Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Sliding Door Child Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Lubricants and Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 O dometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Lubrication Service, Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Odometer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Oil, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
M aintenance, Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71 Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Owner Publications, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 P aint Spotting, Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Park
Maintenance, Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57, 2-60 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Manual Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Parking
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 At Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Camper-Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Visor Vanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Model Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Passlock t.................................... 2-15
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

9-6
 yellowblue

Power Remote Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Antenna Mast Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Replacement
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Replacing Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Restraints
Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Publications, Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Reverse, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
R adiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6, 8-7
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Roadside Assistance, Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 3-10, 3-13, 3-17 Rocking Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Rain, Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Rear
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
Door Security Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Rear Air Conditioning and Rear Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Center Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Rear Heater Controls (without Air Conditioning) . . . . . . . 3-4 Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Rear Passenger Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36 Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Incorrect Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19, 1-60, 1-61
Recovery Tank, Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16, 1-33
Refrigerants, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70 Larger Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59

9-7
 yellowblue

Safety Belts (Continued) Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Bulletins, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57, 2-60
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Key Lock Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 2-52 Manuals, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62 Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Publications, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Work, Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40, 1-43 Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Why They Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11 Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21, 2-25
Scheduled Maintenance Shifting
Long Trip/Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Long Trip/Highway Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Long Trip/Highway Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Short Trip/City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Short Trip/City Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Signaling Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Seatback Reclining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
Seats Speech Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Manual Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Stains, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Removing Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Replacing Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52, 1-54, 1-56 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Second Gear, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Speed Sensitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
9-8
 yellowblue

Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

Wheel, Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Storage, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Symbols, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Torque Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32, 6-67
Taillamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37 Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Towing, Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Temperature Control, Rear Passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Trailer
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Third Gear, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Driving with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Time, Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Maintenance When Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Tire Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Tongue Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Buying New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Turn Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Transmission Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Dual Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Transmitters, Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Transportation, Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Inflation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 TTY Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
9-9
 yellowblue

U nderbody Flushing Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Wheel

Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58 Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32, 6-67
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Vehicle Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 Side Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Swing-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Visor Vanity Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Visors, Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
W arning Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Cleaning the Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Washer Fluid, Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Wiper Blade Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Wiper Blades Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 Wiring, Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Wrench, Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

9-10